S/390: Add support for z15 as CPU name.
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texi
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
82704155 2@c Copyright (C) 1991-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132
RH
3@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
4@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
5@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
6@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
7@c in config/tc-*.c
8@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 9@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
10@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
11@c %**start of header
12@setfilename as.info
13@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
14@macro gcctabopt{body}
15@code{\body\}
16@end macro
252b5132
RH
17@c defaults, config file may override:
18@set have-stabs
19@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
20@c man begin NAME
21@c ---
252b5132 22@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 23@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 24@c ---
0285c67d 25@c man end
4a4c4a1d 26@c ---
252b5132 27@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
28@ifset COFF
29@set COFF-ELF
30@end ifset
31@ifset ELF
32@set COFF-ELF
33@end ifset
252b5132 34@ifset AOUT
a8eb42a8 35@set aout
252b5132
RH
36@end ifset
37@ifset ARM/Thumb
38@set ARM
39@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
40@ifset Blackfin
41@set Blackfin
42@end ifset
f8861f5d
JM
43@ifset BPF
44@set BPF
45@end ifset
252b5132
RH
46@ifset H8/300
47@set H8
48@end ifset
252b5132
RH
49@ifset SH
50@set H8
51@end ifset
52@ifset HPPA
53@set abnormal-separator
54@end ifset
55@c ------------
56@ifset GENERIC
57@settitle Using @value{AS}
58@end ifset
59@ifclear GENERIC
60@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
61@end ifclear
62@setchapternewpage odd
63@c %**end of header
64
65@c @smallbook
66@c @set SMALL
67@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
68@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
69@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
70@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 71@c
252b5132
RH
72@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
73@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
74@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
75@c break.
01642c12 76@c
252b5132
RH
77@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
78@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
79@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
80@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 81@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
82@ifinfo
83@set SMALL
84@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
85@c might as well show 'em anyways.
86@end ifinfo
87
9160ea82
AM
88@ifnottex
89@dircategory Software development
90@direntry
252b5132 91* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 92* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
93@end direntry
94@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
95
96@finalout
97@syncodeindex ky cp
98
0e9517a9 99@copying
252b5132
RH
100This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
101
0285c67d 102@c man begin COPYRIGHT
82704155 103Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 104
0285c67d 105Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 106under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
107or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
108with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
109Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 110section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
111
112@c man end
0e9517a9 113@end copying
252b5132
RH
114
115@titlepage
116@title Using @value{AS}
117@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
118@ifclear GENERIC
119@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
120@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
121@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
122@sp 1
123@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
124@end ifset
252b5132
RH
125@sp 1
126@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
127@sp 1
128@sp 13
b45619c0 129The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 130Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 131first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
132The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
133distracting the boss while they got some work
134done.
135@sp 3
136@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
137@page
138@tex
139{\parskip=0pt
140\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
141\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
142}
143%"boxit" macro for figures:
144%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
145\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
146 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
147#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
148\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
149@end tex
150
151@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
82704155 152Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 153
cf055d54 154 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 155 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
156 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
157 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
158 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 159 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 160
252b5132 161@end titlepage
4ecceb71 162@contents
252b5132 163
2e64b665 164@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
165@node Top
166@top Using @value{AS}
167
e49e529d
JM
168This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
169@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
170@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
171@end ifset
172version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 173@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 174This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
175code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
176@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
177
178This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
179Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 180section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 181
252b5132
RH
182@menu
183* Overview:: Overview
184* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
185* Syntax:: Syntax
186* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
187* Symbols:: Symbols
188* Expressions:: Expressions
189* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
190@ifset ELF
191* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
192@end ifset
252b5132
RH
193* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
194* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
195* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 196* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 197* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 198@end menu
2e64b665 199@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
200
201@node Overview
202@chapter Overview
203@iftex
a4fb0134 204This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 205@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 206This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
207code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
208@end ifclear
209@end iftex
210
211@cindex invocation summary
212@cindex option summary
213@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 214Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 215see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 216
0285c67d
NC
217@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
218
a4fb0134 219@ignore
0285c67d
NC
220@c man begin SEEALSO
221gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
222@c man end
a4fb0134 223@end ignore
0285c67d 224
252b5132
RH
225@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
226@c to be limited to one line for the header.
227@smallexample
0285c67d 228@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 229@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 230 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 231 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565 232 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
b40bf0a2
NC
233 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--gdwarf-sections}]
234 [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
4bdd3565
NC
235 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
236 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
d60646b9 237 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}]
2edb36e7 238 [@b{--no-pad-sections}]
d60646b9
NC
239 [@b{-o} @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}]
240 [@b{--hash-size}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}]
241 [@b{--statistics}]
242 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}]
243 [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}] [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}]
244 [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
451133ce 245 [@b{--sectname-subst}] [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
b8871f35 246 [@b{--elf-stt-common=[no|yes]}]
0df8ad28 247 [@b{--generate-missing-build-notes=[no|yes]}]
a0b7da79
MM
248 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
249 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134 250@c
6387924a 251@c man end
a4fb0134 252@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 253@c Add an empty line for separation.
6387924a 254@c man begin TARGET
a06ea964
NC
255@ifset AARCH64
256
257@emph{Target AArch64 options:}
258 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
69091a2c 259 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
a06ea964 260@end ifset
625e1353
RH
261@ifset ALPHA
262
263@emph{Target Alpha options:}
264 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
265 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 266 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
267 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
268 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
269@end ifset
252b5132 270@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
271
272@emph{Target ARC options:}
886a2506
NC
273 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
274 [@b{-mA6}|@b{-mARC600}|@b{-mARC601}|@b{-mA7}|@b{-mARC700}|@b{-mEM}|@b{-mHS}]
275 [@b{-mcode-density}]
4670103e 276 [@b{-mrelax}]
a4fb0134 277 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
278@end ifset
279@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
280
281@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 282@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
283 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
284 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
285 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
286 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 287 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 288 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
289 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
290 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
291 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 292 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 293@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
294@ifset Blackfin
295
296@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
297 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
298 [@b{-mfdpic}]
299 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
300 [@b{-mnopic}]
301@end ifset
f8861f5d
JM
302@ifset BPF
303
304@emph{Target BPF options:}
305 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}]
306@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
307@ifset CRIS
308
309@emph{Target CRIS options:}
310 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
311 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
312 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 313 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
314@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
315@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
316@end ifset
b8891f8d
AJ
317@ifset CSKY
318
319@emph{Target C-SKY options:}
320 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
321 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-mlittle-endian}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-mbig-endian}]
322 [@b{-fpic}] [@b{-pic}]
323 [@b{-mljump}] [@b{-mno-ljump}]
324 [@b{-force2bsr}] [@b{-mforce2bsr}] [@b{-no-force2bsr}] [@b{-mno-force2bsr}]
325 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-mjsri2bsr}] [@b{-no-jsri2bsr }] [@b{-mno-jsri2bsr}]
326 [@b{-mnolrw }] [@b{-mno-lrw}]
327 [@b{-melrw}] [@b{-mno-elrw}]
328 [@b{-mlaf }] [@b{-mliterals-after-func}]
329 [@b{-mno-laf}] [@b{-mno-literals-after-func}]
330 [@b{-mlabr}] [@b{-mliterals-after-br}]
331 [@b{-mno-labr}] [@b{-mnoliterals-after-br}]
332 [@b{-mistack}] [@b{-mno-istack}]
333 [@b{-mhard-float}] [@b{-mmp}] [@b{-mcp}] [@b{-mcache}]
334 [@b{-msecurity}] [@b{-mtrust}]
335 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-medsp}] [@b{-mvdsp}]
336@end ifset
252b5132 337@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
338
339@emph{Target D10V options:}
340 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
341@end ifset
342@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
343
344@emph{Target D30V options:}
345 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 346@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
347@ifset EPIPHANY
348
349@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
350 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
351@end ifset
252b5132 352@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
353
354@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
355 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
356@end ifset
357@ifset HPPA
358@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
359@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
360@ifset I80386
361
362@emph{Target i386 options:}
542385d9 363 [@b{--32}|@b{--x32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 364 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132 365@end ifset
587fe2b3 366@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 367
9e32ca89
NC
368@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
369 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
370 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
371 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 372 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 373 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 374 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
375 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
376@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
377@ifset IP2K
378
379@emph{Target IP2K options:}
380 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
381@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
382@ifset M32C
383
384@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 385 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 386@end ifset
587fe2b3 387@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 388
a4fb0134
SC
389@emph{Target M32R options:}
390 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 391 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 392@end ifset
252b5132 393@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
394
395@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
396 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 397@end ifset
60bcf0fa 398@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
399
400@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
6927f982 401 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}|@b{-mm9s12x}|@b{-mm9s12xg}]
2f904664
SC
402 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
403 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 404 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
405 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
406 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
407@end ifset
408@ifset MCORE
409
410@emph{Target MCORE options:}
411 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
412 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 413@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
414@ifset METAG
415
416@emph{Target Meta options:}
417 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mfpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mdsp=@var{cpu}}]
418@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
419@ifset MICROBLAZE
420@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
421@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
422@end ifset
252b5132 423@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
424
425@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 426 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 427 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 428 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5 429 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
351cdf24
MF
430 [@b{-mfp64}] [@b{-mgp64}] [@b{-mfpxx}]
431 [@b{-modd-spreg}] [@b{-mno-odd-spreg}]
437ee9d5 432 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 433 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
7361da2c
AB
434 [@b{-mips32r3}] [@b{-mips32r5}] [@b{-mips32r6}] [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
435 [@b{-mips64r3}] [@b{-mips64r5}] [@b{-mips64r6}]
437ee9d5 436 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
8b10b0b3 437 [@b{-mignore-branch-isa}] [@b{-mno-ignore-branch-isa}]
ba92f887 438 [@b{-mnan=@var{encoding}}]
437ee9d5 439 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 440 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
25499ac7 441 [@b{-mmips16e2}] [@b{-mno-mips16e2}]
df58fc94 442 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 443 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 444 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 445 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 446 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 447 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
8f4f9071 448 [@b{-mdspr3}] [@b{-mno-dspr3}]
56d438b1 449 [@b{-mmsa}] [@b{-mno-msa}]
7d64c587 450 [@b{-mxpa}] [@b{-mno-xpa}]
ef2e4d86 451 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 452 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
730c3174 453 [@b{-mcrc}] [@b{-mno-crc}]
6f20c942 454 [@b{-mginv}] [@b{-mno-ginv}]
8095d2f7 455 [@b{-mloongson-mmi}] [@b{-mno-loongson-mmi}]
716c08de 456 [@b{-mloongson-cam}] [@b{-mno-loongson-cam}]
bdc6c06e 457 [@b{-mloongson-ext}] [@b{-mno-loongson-ext}]
a693765e 458 [@b{-mloongson-ext2}] [@b{-mno-loongson-ext2}]
833794fc 459 [@b{-minsn32}] [@b{-mno-insn32}]
2babba43 460 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
a8d14a88 461 [@b{-mfix-rm7000}] [@b{-mno-fix-rm7000}]
2babba43
MR
462 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
463 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
27c634e0 464 [@b{-mfix-r5900}] [@b{-mno-fix-r5900}]
ecb4347a 465 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 466 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
467@end ifset
468@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
469
470@emph{Target MMIX options:}
471 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
472 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
473 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 474 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134 475@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
476@ifset NIOSII
477
478@emph{Target Nios II options:}
479 [@b{-relax-all}] [@b{-relax-section}] [@b{-no-relax}]
480 [@b{-EB}] [@b{-EL}]
481@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
482@ifset NDS32
483
484@emph{Target NDS32 options:}
485 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}] [@b{-Os}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
486 [@b{-misa=@var{isa}}] [@b{-mabi=@var{abi}}] [@b{-mall-ext}]
487 [@b{-m[no-]16-bit}] [@b{-m[no-]perf-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]perf2-ext}]
488 [@b{-m[no-]string-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]dsp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]mac}] [@b{-m[no-]div}]
489 [@b{-m[no-]audio-isa-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-sp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-dp-ext}]
490 [@b{-m[no-]fpu-fma}] [@b{-mfpu-freg=@var{FREG}}] [@b{-mreduced-regs}]
491 [@b{-mfull-regs}] [@b{-m[no-]dx-regs}] [@b{-mpic}] [@b{-mno-relax}]
492 [@b{-mb2bb}]
493@end ifset
1f041c6e
SH
494@ifset OPENRISC
495@c OpenRISC has no machine-dependent assembler options.
496@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
497@ifset PDP11
498
499@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
500 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
501 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 502 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
503@end ifset
504@ifset PJ
505
506@emph{Target picoJava options:}
507 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
508@end ifset
509@ifset PPC
510
511@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
512 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
513 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
fa758a70
AC
514 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mgekko}|
515 @b{-mbroadway}|@b{-mppc64}|@b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|
516 @b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|@b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpwr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|
517 @b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|@b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpwr7}|@b{-mpower8}|@b{-mpwr8}|@b{-mpower9}|@b{-mpwr9}@b{-ma2}|
74081948 518 @b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mspe2}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
5817ffd1 519 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}|@b{-mhtm}|@b{-mvle}]
a4fb0134 520 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
521 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
522 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 523 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 524 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 525@end ifset
93f11b16
DD
526@ifset PRU
527
528@emph{Target PRU options:}
529 [@b{-link-relax}]
530 [@b{-mnolink-relax}]
531 [@b{-mno-warn-regname-label}]
532@end ifset
b57e49f7
JW
533@ifset RISCV
534
535@emph{Target RISC-V options:}
536 [@b{-fpic}|@b{-fPIC}|@b{-fno-pic}]
537 [@b{-march}=@var{ISA}]
538 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
539@end ifset
856ea05c
KP
540@ifset RL78
541
542@emph{Target RL78 options:}
543 [@b{-mg10}]
544 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
545@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
546@ifset RX
547
548@emph{Target RX options:}
549 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
c7927a3c 550 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
708e2187
NC
551 [@b{-muse-conventional-section-names}]
552 [@b{-msmall-data-limit}]
553 [@b{-mpid}]
554 [@b{-mrelax}]
555 [@b{-mint-register=@var{number}}]
556 [@b{-mgcc-abi}|@b{-mrx-abi}]
c7927a3c 557@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
558@ifset S390
559
560@emph{Target s390 options:}
561 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
562 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
563 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
564@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
565@ifset SCORE
566
567@emph{Target SCORE options:}
568 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
569 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
570 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
571 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
572@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
573@ifset SPARC
574
575@emph{Target SPARC options:}
576@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
46a2d504
JM
577 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Aleon}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
578 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av8plusb}|@b{-Av8plusc}|@b{-Av8plusd}
579 @b{-Av8plusv}|@b{-Av8plusm}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}|@b{-Av9b}|@b{-Av9c}
580 @b{-Av9d}|@b{-Av9e}|@b{-Av9v}|@b{-Av9m}|@b{-Asparc}|@b{-Asparcvis}
581 @b{-Asparcvis2}|@b{-Asparcfmaf}|@b{-Asparcima}|@b{-Asparcvis3}
582 @b{-Asparcvisr}|@b{-Asparc5}]
583 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}]|@b{-xarch=v8plusb}|@b{-xarch=v8plusc}
584 @b{-xarch=v8plusd}|@b{-xarch=v8plusv}|@b{-xarch=v8plusm}|@b{-xarch=v9}
585 @b{-xarch=v9a}|@b{-xarch=v9b}|@b{-xarch=v9c}|@b{-xarch=v9d}|@b{-xarch=v9e}
586 @b{-xarch=v9v}|@b{-xarch=v9m}|@b{-xarch=sparc}|@b{-xarch=sparcvis}
587 @b{-xarch=sparcvis2}|@b{-xarch=sparcfmaf}|@b{-xarch=sparcima}
588 @b{-xarch=sparcvis3}|@b{-xarch=sparcvisr}|@b{-xarch=sparc5}
589 @b{-bump}]
a4fb0134 590 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
46a2d504 591 [@b{--enforce-aligned-data}][@b{--dcti-couples-detect}]
a4fb0134
SC
592@end ifset
593@ifset TIC54X
594
595@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 596 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
597 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
598@end ifset
40b36596
JM
599@ifset TIC6X
600
601@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
602 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
603 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
604 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 605@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
606@ifset TILEGX
607
608@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
fb6cedde 609 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}]
aa137e4d
NC
610@end ifset
611@ifset TILEPRO
612@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
613@end ifset
b6605ddd 614@ifset VISIUM
40b36596 615
b6605ddd
EB
616@emph{Target Visium options:}
617 [@b{-mtune=@var{arch}}]
618@end ifset
2d8b84ae
SA
619@ifset XTENSA
620
621@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
b46824bd
MF
622 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]auto-litpools}]
623 [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
2d8b84ae
SA
624 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
625 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
626 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
a82c7d90 627 [@b{--[no-]trampolines}]
2d8b84ae 628@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
629@ifset Z80
630
631@emph{Target Z80 options:}
632 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
633 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
634 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
635 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
636 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
637 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
638 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
639@end ifset
a4fb0134 640@ifset Z8000
b6605ddd 641
a4fb0134 642@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 643@end ifset
e0001a05 644
0285c67d 645@c man end
252b5132
RH
646@end smallexample
647
0285c67d
NC
648@c man begin OPTIONS
649
a4fb0134 650@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 651@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 652
83f10cb2 653@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
654Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
655
a4fb0134 656@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
657@item -ac
658omit false conditionals
659
660@item -ad
661omit debugging directives
662
83f10cb2
NC
663@item -ag
664include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
665
252b5132
RH
666@item -ah
667include high-level source
668
669@item -al
670include assembly
671
672@item -am
673include macro expansions
674
675@item -an
676omit forms processing
677
678@item -as
679include symbols
680
681@item =file
682set the name of the listing file
683@end table
684
685You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
686listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
687the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
688
caa32fe5 689@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
690Begin in alternate macro mode.
691@ifclear man
692@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
693@end ifclear
caa32fe5 694
955974c6 695@item --compress-debug-sections
19a7fe52
L
696Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib with SHF_COMPRESSED from the
697ELF ABI. The resulting object file may not be compatible with older
698linkers and object file utilities. Note if compression would make a
699given section @emph{larger} then it is not compressed.
955974c6 700
151411f8
L
701@ifset ELF
702@cindex @samp{--compress-debug-sections=} option
703@item --compress-debug-sections=none
704@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib
705@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu
706@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi
707These options control how DWARF debug sections are compressed.
708@option{--compress-debug-sections=none} is equivalent to
709@option{--nocompress-debug-sections}.
710@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib} and
19a7fe52 711@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi} are equivalent to
151411f8 712@option{--compress-debug-sections}.
19a7fe52
L
713@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu} compresses DWARF debug
714sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed to begin with
715@samp{.zdebug}. Note if compression would make a given section
716@emph{larger} then it is not compressed nor renamed.
717
151411f8
L
718@end ifset
719
955974c6 720@item --nocompress-debug-sections
e12fe555
NC
721Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is usually the default for all
722targets except the x86/x86_64, but a configure time option can be used to
723override this.
955974c6 724
252b5132
RH
725@item -D
726Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
727other assemblers.
728
3d6b762c
JM
729@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
730When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
731information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
732
252b5132
RH
733@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
734Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
735@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
736indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
737value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
738use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
739
740@item -f
741``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
742compiler output).
743
329e276d
NC
744@item -g
745@itemx --gen-debug
746Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
747debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
748ECOFF or DWARF2.
749
252b5132
RH
750@item --gstabs
751Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
752may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
753
05da4302
NC
754@item --gstabs+
755Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
756extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
757debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
758may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
759the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
760
329e276d 761@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 762Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 763may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 764option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 765
b40bf0a2
NC
766@item --gdwarf-sections
767Instead of creating a .debug_line section, create a series of
768.debug_line.@var{foo} sections where @var{foo} is the name of the
769corresponding code section. For example a code section called @var{.text.func}
770will have its dwarf line number information placed into a section called
771@var{.debug_line.text.func}. If the code section is just called @var{.text}
772then debug line section will still be called just @var{.debug_line} without any
773suffix.
774
b8871f35 775@ifset ELF
21be61f5
L
776@item --size-check=error
777@itemx --size-check=warning
778Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
779
b8871f35
L
780@item --elf-stt-common=no
781@itemx --elf-stt-common=yes
782These options control whether the ELF assembler should generate common
783symbols with the @code{STT_COMMON} type. The default can be controlled
784by a configure option @option{--enable-elf-stt-common}.
0df8ad28
NC
785
786@item --generate-missing-build-notes=yes
787@itemx --generate-missing-build-notes=no
788These options control whether the ELF assembler should generate GNU Build
789attribute notes if none are present in the input sources.
790The default can be controlled by the @option{--enable-generate-build-notes}
791configure option.
792
b8871f35
L
793@end ifset
794
252b5132 795@item --help
a05a5b64 796Print a summary of the command-line options and exit.
252b5132 797
ea20a7da
CC
798@item --target-help
799Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
800
252b5132
RH
801@item -I @var{dir}
802Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
803
804@item -J
805Don't warn about signed overflow.
806
807@item -K
808@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
809This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
810@end ifclear
811@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
812Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
813@end ifset
814
815@item -L
816@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
817Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
818system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
819or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
820@ifclear man
821@xref{Symbol Names}.
822@end ifclear
252b5132 823
c3a27914
NC
824@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
825Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
826listing to @var{number}.
827
828@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
829Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
830lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
831
832@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
833Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
834@var{number} bytes.
835
836@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
837Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
838to @var{number} + 1.
839
2edb36e7
NC
840@item --no-pad-sections
841Stop the assembler for padding the ends of output sections to the alignment
842of that section. The default is to pad the sections, but this can waste space
843which might be needed on targets which have tight memory constraints.
844
252b5132 845@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 846Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
847
848@item -R
849Fold the data section into the text section.
850
d60646b9 851@item --hash-size=@var{number}
4bdd3565
NC
852Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
853@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
854assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
855memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
856requirements at the expense of speed.
857
858@item --reduce-memory-overheads
859This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
860assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
861@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
862
451133ce
NP
863@ifset ELF
864@item --sectname-subst
865Honor substitution sequences in section names.
866@ifclear man
867@xref{Section Name Substitutions,,@code{.section @var{name}}}.
868@end ifclear
869@end ifset
870
252b5132
RH
871@item --statistics
872Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
873assembly.
874
875@item --strip-local-absolute
876Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
877
878@item -v
879@itemx -version
a4fb0134 880Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
881
882@item --version
a4fb0134 883Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
884
885@item -W
2bdd6cf5 886@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
887Suppress warning messages.
888
2bdd6cf5
GK
889@item --fatal-warnings
890Treat warnings as errors.
891
892@item --warn
893Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
894
252b5132
RH
895@item -w
896Ignored.
897
898@item -x
899Ignored.
900
901@item -Z
902Generate an object file even after errors.
903
904@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
905Standard input, or source files to assemble.
906
907@end table
2a633939
JM
908@c man end
909
a06ea964
NC
910@ifset AARCH64
911
912@ifclear man
913@xref{AArch64 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
914for the 64-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
915@end ifclear
916
917@ifset man
918@c man begin OPTIONS
919The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
92064-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
921@c man end
922@c man begin INCLUDE
923@include c-aarch64.texi
924@c ended inside the included file
925@end ifset
926
927@end ifset
928
2a633939
JM
929@ifset ALPHA
930
931@ifclear man
932@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
933for an Alpha processor.
934@end ifclear
935
936@ifset man
937@c man begin OPTIONS
938The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
939processor.
940@c man end
941@c man begin INCLUDE
942@include c-alpha.texi
943@c ended inside the included file
944@end ifset
945
946@end ifset
252b5132 947
2a633939 948@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132 949@ifset ARC
886a2506
NC
950The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an ARC
951processor.
252b5132 952
a4fb0134 953@table @gcctabopt
886a2506 954@item -mcpu=@var{cpu}
0d2bcfaf
NC
955This option selects the core processor variant.
956@item -EB | -EL
957Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
886a2506
NC
958@item -mcode-density
959Enable Code Density extenssion instructions.
252b5132
RH
960@end table
961@end ifset
962
963@ifset ARM
964The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
965processor family.
966
a4fb0134 967@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 968@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 969Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 970@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 971Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 972@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 973Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
974@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
975Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
976@item -mthumb
977Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 978@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
979Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
980@item -EB | -EL
981Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
982@item -mthumb-interwork
983Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
984ARM code in mind.
2e6976a8
DG
985@item -mccs
986Turns on CodeComposer Studio assembly syntax compatibility mode.
cdf82bcf
NC
987@item -k
988Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
989@end table
990@end ifset
635fb38d 991@c man end
252b5132 992
9982501a 993@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
994
995@ifclear man
996@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
997configured for the Blackfin processor family.
998@end ifclear
999
1000@ifset man
1001@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
1002The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1003the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
1004@c man end
1005@c man begin INCLUDE
1006@include c-bfin.texi
1007@c ended inside the included file
1008@end ifset
9982501a 1009
9982501a
JZ
1010@end ifset
1011
f8861f5d
JM
1012@ifset BPF
1013
1014@ifclear man
1015@xref{BPF Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1016configured for the Linux kernel BPF processor family.
1017@end ifclear
1018
1019@ifset man
1020@c man begin OPTIONS
1021The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1022the Linux kernel BPF processor family.
1023@c man end
1024@c man begin INCLUDE
1025@include c-bpf.texi
1026@c ended inside the included file
1027@end ifset
1028
1029@end ifset
1030
635fb38d 1031@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
1032@ifset CRIS
1033See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
1034@end ifset
1035
b8891f8d
AJ
1036@ifset CSKY
1037
1038@ifclear man
1039@xref{C-SKY Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1040configured for the C-SKY processor family.
1041@end ifclear
1042
1043@ifset man
1044@c man begin OPTIONS
1045The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1046the C-SKY processor family.
1047@c man end
1048@c man begin INCLUDE
1049@include c-csky.texi
1050@c ended inside the included file
1051@end ifset
1052
1053@end ifset
1054
252b5132
RH
1055@ifset D10V
1056The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1057a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 1058@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1059@cindex D10V optimization
1060@cindex optimization, D10V
1061@item -O
1062Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
1063@end table
1064@end ifset
1065
1066@ifset D30V
1067The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
1068processor.
a4fb0134 1069@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1070@cindex D30V optimization
1071@cindex optimization, D30V
1072@item -O
1073Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
1074
1075@cindex D30V nops
1076@item -n
1077Warn when nops are generated.
1078
1079@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
1080@item -N
1081Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
1082@end table
1083@end ifset
731caf76
L
1084@c man end
1085
cfb8c092
NC
1086@ifset EPIPHANY
1087The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1088Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
1089
56b13185
JR
1090@ifclear man
1091@xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1092configured for an Epiphany processor.
1093@end ifclear
cfb8c092 1094
56b13185
JR
1095@ifset man
1096@c man begin OPTIONS
1097The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1098an Epiphany processor.
1099@c man end
1100@c man begin INCLUDE
1101@include c-epiphany.texi
0c76cae8
AM
1102@c ended inside the included file
1103@end ifset
1104
1105@end ifset
1106
1107@ifset H8300
1108
1109@ifclear man
1110@xref{H8/300 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1111for an H8/300 processor.
1112@end ifclear
1113
1114@ifset man
1115@c man begin OPTIONS
1116The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an H8/300
1117processor.
1118@c man end
1119@c man begin INCLUDE
1120@include c-h8300.texi
56b13185
JR
1121@c ended inside the included file
1122@end ifset
cfb8c092 1123
cfb8c092
NC
1124@end ifset
1125
731caf76 1126@ifset I80386
252b5132 1127
731caf76
L
1128@ifclear man
1129@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1130configured for an i386 processor.
1131@end ifclear
1132
1133@ifset man
1134@c man begin OPTIONS
1135The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1136an i386 processor.
1137@c man end
1138@c man begin INCLUDE
1139@include c-i386.texi
1140@c ended inside the included file
1141@end ifset
1142
1143@end ifset
1144
1145@c man begin OPTIONS
a40cbfa3
NC
1146@ifset IP2K
1147The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 1148Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
1149
1150@table @gcctabopt
1151
1152@item -mip2022ext
1153Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
1154
1155@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 1156Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
1157just the basic IP2022 ones.
1158
1159@end table
1160@end ifset
1161
49f58d10
JB
1162@ifset M32C
1163The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1164Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
1165
1166@table @gcctabopt
1167
1168@item -m32c
1169Assemble M32C instructions.
1170
1171@item -m16c
1172Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
1173
c54b5932
DD
1174@item -relax
1175Enable support for link-time relaxations.
1176
1177@item -h-tick-hex
1178Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
1179
49f58d10
JB
1180@end table
1181@end ifset
1182
ec694b89
NC
1183@ifset M32R
1184The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 1185Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 1186
a4fb0134 1187@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
1188
1189@item --m32rx
1190Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
1191is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
1192
1193@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
1194Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 1195encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1196
1197@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
1198Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
1199encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1200
1201@end table
1202@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1203
1204@ifset M680X0
1205The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1206Motorola 68000 series.
1207
a4fb0134 1208@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1209
1210@item -l
1211Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
1212
0285c67d
NC
1213@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
1214@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
1215@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
1216Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
1217is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
1218
1219@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
1220The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
1221The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
1222the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
1223two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
1224coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
1225
1226@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
1227The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
1228unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
1229
1230@end table
1231@end ifset
1232
36591ba1
SL
1233@ifset NIOSII
1234
1235@ifclear man
1236@xref{Nios II Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1237for an Altera Nios II processor.
1238@end ifclear
1239
1240@ifset man
1241@c man begin OPTIONS
1242The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1243Altera Nios II processor.
1244@c man end
1245@c man begin INCLUDE
1246@include c-nios2.texi
1247@c ended inside the included file
1248@end ifset
1249@end ifset
1250
e135f41b
NC
1251@ifset PDP11
1252
1253For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
1254see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
1255
a4fb0134 1256@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
1257@item -mpic | -mno-pic
1258Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1259default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1260
1261@item -mall
1262@itemx -mall-extensions
1263Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1264
1265@item -mno-extensions
1266Disable all instruction set extensions.
1267
1268@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1269Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1270
1271@item -m@var{cpu}
1272Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1273disable all other extensions.
1274
1275@item -m@var{machine}
1276Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1277model, and disable all other extensions.
1278@end table
1279
1280@end ifset
1281
041dd5a9
ILT
1282@ifset PJ
1283The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1284a picoJava processor.
1285
a4fb0134 1286@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1287
1288@cindex PJ endianness
1289@cindex endianness, PJ
1290@cindex big endian output, PJ
1291@item -mb
1292Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1293
1294@cindex little endian output, PJ
1295@item -ml
1296Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1297
1298@end table
1299@end ifset
1300
93f11b16
DD
1301@ifset PRU
1302
1303@ifclear man
1304@xref{PRU Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1305for a PRU processor.
1306@end ifclear
1307
1308@ifset man
1309@c man begin OPTIONS
1310The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1311PRU processor.
1312@c man end
1313@c man begin INCLUDE
1314@include c-pru.texi
1315@c ended inside the included file
1316@end ifset
1317@end ifset
1318
60bcf0fa
NC
1319@ifset M68HC11
1320The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1321Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1322
a4fb0134 1323@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1324
6927f982 1325@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 | -mm9s12x | -mm9s12xg
60bcf0fa
NC
1326Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1327defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1328
6927f982
NC
1329@item --xgate-ramoffset
1330Instruct the linker to offset RAM addresses from S12X address space into
1331XGATE address space.
1332
2f904664
SC
1333@item -mshort
1334Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1335
1336@item -mlong
01642c12 1337Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1338
1339@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1340Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1341
1342@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1343Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1344
1370e33d 1345@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1346Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1347conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1348sub routine.
1349
1370e33d
NC
1350@item -S | --short-branches
1351Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1352when the offset is out of range.
1353
1354@item --strict-direct-mode
1355Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1356when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1357
1358@item --print-insn-syntax
1359Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1360
1361@item --print-opcodes
6927f982 1362Print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
60bcf0fa
NC
1363
1364@item --generate-example
6927f982 1365Print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1366This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1367
1368@end table
1369@end ifset
1370
252b5132 1371@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1372The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1373for the SPARC architecture:
1374
a4fb0134 1375@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1376@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1377@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1378Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1379
1380@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1381@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1382
1383@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1384UltraSPARC extensions.
1385
1386@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1387For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1388equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1389
1390@item -bump
1391Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1392@end table
1393@end ifset
1394
39bec121
TW
1395@ifset TIC54X
1396The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1397architecture.
39bec121 1398
a4fb0134 1399@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1400@item -mfar-mode
1401Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1402extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1403@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1404Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1405@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1406Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1407behaviour in the shell.
1408@end table
1409@end ifset
1410
252b5132 1411@ifset MIPS
73201331 1412@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132 1413The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
98508b2a 1414a MIPS processor.
252b5132 1415
a4fb0134 1416@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1417@item -G @var{num}
1418This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1419implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1420use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1421
1422@cindex MIPS endianness
1423@cindex endianness, MIPS
1424@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1425@item -EB
1426Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1427
1428@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1429@item -EL
1430Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1431
1432@cindex MIPS ISA
1433@item -mips1
1434@itemx -mips2
1435@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1436@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1437@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1438@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1439@itemx -mips32r2
ae52f483
AB
1440@itemx -mips32r3
1441@itemx -mips32r5
7361da2c 1442@itemx -mips32r6
4058e45f 1443@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1444@itemx -mips64r2
ae52f483
AB
1445@itemx -mips64r3
1446@itemx -mips64r5
7361da2c 1447@itemx -mips64r6
98508b2a 1448Generate code for a particular MIPS Instruction Set Architecture level.
437ee9d5
TS
1449@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1450alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1451@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
ae52f483 1452@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips32r3},
7361da2c
AB
1453@samp{-mips32r5}, @samp{-mips32r6}, @samp{-mips64}, @samp{-mips64r2},
1454@samp{-mips64r3}, @samp{-mips64r5}, and @samp{-mips64r6} correspond to generic
1455MIPS V, MIPS32, MIPS32 Release 2, MIPS32 Release 3, MIPS32 Release 5, MIPS32
1456Release 6, MIPS64, MIPS64 Release 2, MIPS64 Release 3, MIPS64 Release 5, and
1457MIPS64 Release 6 ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5 1458
98508b2a
RS
1459@item -march=@var{cpu}
1460Generate code for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1461
1462@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
98508b2a 1463Schedule and tune for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1464
1465@item -mfix7000
1466@itemx -mno-fix7000
1467Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1468of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1469
a8d14a88
CM
1470@item -mfix-rm7000
1471@itemx -mno-fix-rm7000
1472Cause nops to be inserted if a dmult or dmultu instruction is
1473followed by a load instruction.
1474
27c634e0
FN
1475@item -mfix-r5900
1476@itemx -mno-fix-r5900
1477Do not attempt to schedule the preceding instruction into the delay slot
1478of a branch instruction placed at the end of a short loop of six
1479instructions or fewer and always schedule a @code{nop} instruction there
1480instead. The short loop bug under certain conditions causes loops to
1481execute only once or twice, due to a hardware bug in the R5900 chip.
1482
ecb4347a
DJ
1483@item -mdebug
1484@itemx -no-mdebug
1485Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1486section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1487
dcd410fe
RO
1488@item -mpdr
1489@itemx -mno-pdr
1490Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1491
437ee9d5
TS
1492@item -mgp32
1493@itemx -mfp32
1494The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1495flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1496all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1497and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1498
351cdf24
MF
1499@item -mgp64
1500@itemx -mfp64
1501The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1502flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 64 bits wide at
1503all times. @samp{-mgp64} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1504and @samp{-mfp64} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1505
1506@item -mfpxx
1507The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but using
1508this flag in combination with @samp{-mabi=32} enables an ABI variant
1509which will operate correctly with floating-point registers which are
151032 or 64 bits wide.
1511
1512@item -modd-spreg
1513@itemx -mno-odd-spreg
1514Enable use of floating-point operations on odd-numbered single-precision
1515registers when supported by the ISA. @samp{-mfpxx} implies
1516@samp{-mno-odd-spreg}, otherwise the default is @samp{-modd-spreg}.
1517
437ee9d5
TS
1518@item -mips16
1519@itemx -no-mips16
1520Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
32035f51 1521@code{.module mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
437ee9d5 1522turns off this option.
252b5132 1523
25499ac7
MR
1524@item -mmips16e2
1525@itemx -mno-mips16e2
1526Enable the use of MIPS16e2 instructions in MIPS16 mode. This is equivalent
1527to putting @code{.module mips16e2} at the start of the assembly file.
1528@samp{-mno-mips16e2} turns off this option.
1529
df58fc94
RS
1530@item -mmicromips
1531@itemx -mno-micromips
1532Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
32035f51
MR
1533@code{.module micromips} at the start of the assembly file.
1534@samp{-mno-micromips} turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting
1535@code{.module nomicromips} at the start of the assembly file.
df58fc94 1536
e16bfa71
TS
1537@item -msmartmips
1538@itemx -mno-smartmips
32035f51
MR
1539Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1540equivalent to putting @code{.module smartmips} at the start of the assembly
1541file. @samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
e16bfa71 1542
1f25f5d3
CD
1543@item -mips3d
1544@itemx -no-mips3d
1545Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1546This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1547@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1548
deec1734
CD
1549@item -mdmx
1550@itemx -no-mdmx
1551Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1552This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1553@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1554
2ef2b9ae
CF
1555@item -mdsp
1556@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1557Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1558This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1559@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1560
8b082fb1
TS
1561@item -mdspr2
1562@itemx -mno-dspr2
1563Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
8f4f9071 1564This option implies @samp{-mdsp}.
8b082fb1
TS
1565This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1566@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1567
8f4f9071
MF
1568@item -mdspr3
1569@itemx -mno-dspr3
1570Generate code for the DSP Release 3 Application Specific Extension.
1571This option implies @samp{-mdsp} and @samp{-mdspr2}.
1572This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 3 instructions.
1573@samp{-mno-dspr3} turns off this option.
1574
56d438b1
CF
1575@item -mmsa
1576@itemx -mno-msa
1577Generate code for the MIPS SIMD Architecture Extension.
1578This tells the assembler to accept MSA instructions.
1579@samp{-mno-msa} turns off this option.
1580
7d64c587
AB
1581@item -mxpa
1582@itemx -mno-xpa
1583Generate code for the MIPS eXtended Physical Address (XPA) Extension.
1584This tells the assembler to accept XPA instructions.
1585@samp{-mno-xpa} turns off this option.
1586
ef2e4d86
CF
1587@item -mmt
1588@itemx -mno-mt
1589Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1590This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1591@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1592
dec0624d
MR
1593@item -mmcu
1594@itemx -mno-mcu
1595Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1596This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1597@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1598
730c3174
SE
1599@item -mcrc
1600@itemx -mno-crc
1601Generate code for the MIPS cyclic redundancy check (CRC) Application
1602Specific Extension. This tells the assembler to accept CRC instructions.
1603@samp{-mno-crc} turns off this option.
1604
6f20c942
FS
1605@item -mginv
1606@itemx -mno-ginv
1607Generate code for the Global INValidate (GINV) Application Specific
1608Extension. This tells the assembler to accept GINV instructions.
1609@samp{-mno-ginv} turns off this option.
1610
8095d2f7
CX
1611@item -mloongson-mmi
1612@itemx -mno-loongson-mmi
1613Generate code for the Loongson MultiMedia extensions Instructions (MMI)
1614Application Specific Extension. This tells the assembler to accept MMI
1615instructions.
1616@samp{-mno-loongson-mmi} turns off this option.
1617
716c08de
CX
1618@item -mloongson-cam
1619@itemx -mno-loongson-cam
1620Generate code for the Loongson Content Address Memory (CAM) instructions.
1621This tells the assembler to accept Loongson CAM instructions.
1622@samp{-mno-loongson-cam} turns off this option.
1623
bdc6c06e
CX
1624@item -mloongson-ext
1625@itemx -mno-loongson-ext
1626Generate code for the Loongson EXTensions (EXT) instructions.
1627This tells the assembler to accept Loongson EXT instructions.
1628@samp{-mno-loongson-ext} turns off this option.
1629
a693765e
CX
1630@item -mloongson-ext2
1631@itemx -mno-loongson-ext2
1632Generate code for the Loongson EXTensions R2 (EXT2) instructions.
1633This option implies @samp{-mloongson-ext}.
1634This tells the assembler to accept Loongson EXT2 instructions.
1635@samp{-mno-loongson-ext2} turns off this option.
1636
833794fc
MR
1637@item -minsn32
1638@itemx -mno-insn32
1639Only use 32-bit instruction encodings when generating code for the
1640microMIPS processor. This option inhibits the use of any 16-bit
1641instructions. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set insn32} at
1642the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-insn32} turns off this
1643option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set noinsn32} at the
1644start of the assembly file. By default @samp{-mno-insn32} is
1645selected, allowing all instructions to be used.
1646
437ee9d5
TS
1647@item --construct-floats
1648@itemx --no-construct-floats
1649The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1650double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1651value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1652the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1653selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132 1654
3bf0dbfb
MR
1655@item --relax-branch
1656@itemx --no-relax-branch
1657The @samp{--relax-branch} option enables the relaxation of out-of-range
1658branches. By default @samp{--no-relax-branch} is selected, causing any
1659out-of-range branches to produce an error.
1660
8b10b0b3
MR
1661@item -mignore-branch-isa
1662@itemx -mno-ignore-branch-isa
1663Ignore branch checks for invalid transitions between ISA modes. The
1664semantics of branches does not provide for an ISA mode switch, so in
1665most cases the ISA mode a branch has been encoded for has to be the
1666same as the ISA mode of the branch's target label. Therefore GAS has
1667checks implemented that verify in branch assembly that the two ISA
1668modes match. @samp{-mignore-branch-isa} disables these checks. By
1669default @samp{-mno-ignore-branch-isa} is selected, causing any invalid
1670branch requiring a transition between ISA modes to produce an error.
1671
ba92f887
MR
1672@item -mnan=@var{encoding}
1673Select between the IEEE 754-2008 (@option{-mnan=2008}) or the legacy
1674(@option{-mnan=legacy}) NaN encoding format. The latter is the default.
1675
252b5132
RH
1676@cindex emulation
1677@item --emulation=@var{name}
e8044f35
RS
1678This option was formerly used to switch between ELF and ECOFF output
1679on targets like IRIX 5 that supported both. MIPS ECOFF support was
1680removed in GAS 2.24, so the option now serves little purpose.
1681It is retained for backwards compatibility.
1682
1683The available configuration names are: @samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslelf} and
1684@samp{mipsbelf}. Choosing @samp{mipself} now has no effect, since the output
1685is always ELF. @samp{mipslelf} and @samp{mipsbelf} select little- and
1686big-endian output respectively, but @samp{-EL} and @samp{-EB} are now the
1687preferred options instead.
252b5132
RH
1688
1689@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1690@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1691the native tools.
1692
252b5132
RH
1693@item --trap
1694@itemx --no-trap
1695@itemx --break
1696@itemx --no-break
1697Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1698@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1699(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1700@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1701break exception.
63486801
L
1702
1703@item -n
a4fb0134 1704When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1705time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132 1706@end table
73201331 1707@c man end
252b5132
RH
1708@end ifset
1709
1710@ifset MCORE
1711The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1712an MCore processor.
1713
a4fb0134 1714@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1715@item -jsri2bsr
1716@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1717Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
a05a5b64 1718The command-line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
252b5132
RH
1719
1720@item -sifilter
1721@itemx -nosifilter
1722Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a05a5b64 1723The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command-line option.
252b5132
RH
1724
1725@item -relax
1726Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1727
ec694b89
NC
1728@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1729Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1730can be assembled.
1731
1732@item -EB
1733Assemble for a big endian target.
1734
1735@item -EL
1736Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1737
1738@end table
1739@end ifset
a3c62988 1740@c man end
252b5132 1741
a3c62988
NC
1742@ifset METAG
1743
1744@ifclear man
1745@xref{Meta Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1746for a Meta processor.
1747@end ifclear
1748
1749@ifset man
1750@c man begin OPTIONS
1751The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1752Meta processor.
1753@c man end
1754@c man begin INCLUDE
1755@include c-metag.texi
1756@c ended inside the included file
1757@end ifset
1758
1759@end ifset
1760
1761@c man begin OPTIONS
3c3bdf30
NC
1762@ifset MMIX
1763See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1764@end ifset
1765
35c08157
KLC
1766@ifset NDS32
1767
1768@ifclear man
1769@xref{NDS32 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1770for a NDS32 processor.
1771@end ifclear
1772@c ended inside the included file
1773@end ifset
1774
1775@ifset man
1776@c man begin OPTIONS
1777The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1778NDS32 processor.
1779@c man end
1780@c man begin INCLUDE
1781@include c-nds32.texi
1782@c ended inside the included file
1783@end ifset
1784
635fb38d 1785@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1786@ifset PPC
1787
1788@ifclear man
1789@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1790for a PowerPC processor.
1791@end ifclear
1792
1793@ifset man
1794@c man begin OPTIONS
1795The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1796PowerPC processor.
1797@c man end
1798@c man begin INCLUDE
1799@include c-ppc.texi
1800@c ended inside the included file
1801@end ifset
1802
1803@end ifset
1804
e23eba97
NC
1805@ifset RISCV
1806
1807@ifclear man
b57e49f7 1808@xref{RISC-V-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
e23eba97
NC
1809for a RISC-V processor.
1810@end ifclear
1811
1812@ifset man
1813@c man begin OPTIONS
1814The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
b57e49f7 1815RISC-V processor.
e23eba97
NC
1816@c man end
1817@c man begin INCLUDE
1818@include c-riscv.texi
1819@c ended inside the included file
1820@end ifset
1821
1822@end ifset
1823
635fb38d 1824@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1825@ifset RX
1826See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1827@end ifset
1828
11c19e16
MS
1829@ifset S390
1830The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1831processor family.
1832
1833@table @gcctabopt
1834@item -m31
1835@itemx -m64
1836Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1837@item -mesa
1838@item -mzarch
1839Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1840Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1841@item -march=@var{processor}
952c3f51
AK
1842Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g5} (or
1843@samp{arch3}), @samp{g6}, @samp{z900} (or @samp{arch5}), @samp{z990} (or
1844@samp{arch6}), @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec} (or @samp{arch7}), @samp{z10} (or
1845@samp{arch8}), @samp{z196} (or @samp{arch9}), @samp{zEC12} (or @samp{arch10}),
46e292ab
AK
1846@samp{z13} (or @samp{arch11}), @samp{z14} (or @samp{arch12}), or @samp{z15}
1847(or @samp{arch13}).
11c19e16
MS
1848@item -mregnames
1849@itemx -mno-regnames
1850Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1851@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1852Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1853but evaluates to zero.
1854@end table
1855@end ifset
2a633939 1856@c man end
11c19e16 1857
40b36596 1858@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1859
1860@ifclear man
1861@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1862for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1863@end ifclear
1864
1865@ifset man
1866@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1867The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1868TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1869@c man end
1870@c man begin INCLUDE
1871@include c-tic6x.texi
1872@c ended inside the included file
1873@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1874
1875@end ifset
1876
aa137e4d
NC
1877@ifset TILEGX
1878
1879@ifclear man
1880@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1881for a TILE-Gx processor.
1882@end ifclear
1883
1884@ifset man
1885@c man begin OPTIONS
1886The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1887processor.
1888@c man end
1889@c man begin INCLUDE
1890@include c-tilegx.texi
1891@c ended inside the included file
1892@end ifset
1893
1894@end ifset
1895
b6605ddd
EB
1896@ifset VISIUM
1897
1898@ifclear man
1899@xref{Visium Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1900for a Visium processor.
1901@end ifclear
1902
1903@ifset man
1904@c man begin OPTIONS
1905The following option is available when @value{AS} is configured for a Visium
1906processor.
1907@c man end
1908@c man begin INCLUDE
1909@include c-visium.texi
1910@c ended inside the included file
1911@end ifset
1912
1913@end ifset
1914
e0001a05 1915@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1916
2d8b84ae
SA
1917@ifclear man
1918@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1919for an Xtensa processor.
1920@end ifclear
1921
1922@ifset man
1923@c man begin OPTIONS
1924The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1925Xtensa processor.
1926@c man end
1927@c man begin INCLUDE
1928@include c-xtensa.texi
1929@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1930@end ifset
1931
2d8b84ae
SA
1932@end ifset
1933
1934@c man begin OPTIONS
1935
3c9b82ba
NC
1936@ifset Z80
1937The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1938a Z80 family processor.
1939@table @gcctabopt
1940@item -z80
1941Assemble for Z80 processor.
1942@item -r800
1943Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1944@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1945@itemx -Wnud
1946Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1947@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1948@itemx -Wnup
1949Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1950@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1951@itemx -Wud
1952Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1953@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1954@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1955Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1956@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1957@itemx -Fud
1958Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1959@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1960@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1961Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1962@end table
1963@end ifset
1964
0285c67d
NC
1965@c man end
1966
252b5132
RH
1967@menu
1968* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1969* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1970* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1971* Command Line:: Command Line
1972* Input Files:: Input Files
1973* Object:: Output (Object) File
1974* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1975@end menu
1976
1977@node Manual
1978@section Structure of this Manual
1979
1980@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1981This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1982@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1983notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1984@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1985
1986@ifclear GENERIC
1987We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1988configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1989@end ifclear
1990@ifset GENERIC
1991This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1992various flavors of the assembler.
1993@end ifset
1994
1995@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1996On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1997to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1998In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1999architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
2000mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
2001particular architecture.
2002@ifset GENERIC
2003You may want to consult the manufacturer's
2004machine architecture manual for this information.
2005@end ifset
2006@ifclear GENERIC
2007@ifset H8/300
2008For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
2009Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
2010Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 2011@end ifset
252b5132 2012@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
2013For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
2014see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
2015@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
2016@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
2017@end ifset
2018@ifset Z8000
2019For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
2020@end ifset
2021@end ifclear
2022
2023@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
2024@ignore
2025Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
2026the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
2027Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
2028computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
2029once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
2030qualification.
2031
a4fb0134 2032@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
2033human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
2034computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 2035@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
2036@end ignore
2037
2038@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
2039@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
2040@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
2041@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
2042@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
2043@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
2044@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
2045@c directives).
2046
2047@node GNU Assembler
2048@section The GNU Assembler
2049
0285c67d
NC
2050@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2051
a4fb0134 2052@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 2053@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 2054This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
2055configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
2056@end ifclear
2057If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
2058should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
2059architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
2060including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
2061@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
2062
2063@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 2064@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 2065@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 2066@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2067assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
2068machine would assemble.
2069@ifset VAX
2070Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
2071@end ifset
2072@ifset M680X0
2073@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
2074@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 2075This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
2076assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
2077incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
2078@end ifset
2079
0285c67d
NC
2080@c man end
2081
a4fb0134 2082Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
2083program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
2084@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
2085
2086@node Object Formats
2087@section Object File Formats
2088
2089@cindex object file format
2090The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
2091object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
2092write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
2093are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
2094Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
2095@ifclear GENERIC
2096@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 2097For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
2098@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
2099@end ifclear
2100@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 2101@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 2102On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
2103SOM or ELF format object files.
2104@end ifset
2105@end ifclear
2106
2107@node Command Line
2108@section Command Line
2109
2110@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 2111
a4fb0134 2112After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
2113options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
2114before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
2115significant.
2116
2117@cindex standard input, as input file
2118@kindex --
2119@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 2120explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
2121
2122@cindex options, command line
a05a5b64 2123Except for @samp{--} any command-line argument that begins with a
252b5132 2124hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 2125@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
2126option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
2127the letter is important. All options are optional.
2128
2129Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
2130name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
2131with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
2132standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
2133
2134@smallexample
2135@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
2136@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
2137@end smallexample
2138
2139@node Input Files
2140@section Input Files
2141
2142@cindex input
2143@cindex source program
2144@cindex files, input
2145We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 2146describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
2147be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
2148doesn't change the meaning of the source.
2149
2150@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
2151@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
2152The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
2153order specified.
2154
0285c67d 2155@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 2156Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
2157program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
2158(The standard input is also a file.)
2159
a4fb0134 2160You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132 2161names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
a05a5b64 2162command-line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
252b5132
RH
2163is taken to be an input file name.
2164
a4fb0134
SC
2165If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
2166from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
2167may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
2168to assemble.
2169
2170Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
2171in your command line.
2172
a4fb0134 2173If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
2174file.
2175
0285c67d
NC
2176@c man end
2177
252b5132
RH
2178@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
2179
2180@cindex input file linenumbers
2181@cindex line numbers, in input files
2182There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
2183either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
2184number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
2185``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
2186
2187@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 2188to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2189
2190@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
2191directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
2192error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
2193is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
2194@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
2195@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
2196
2197@node Object
2198@section Output (Object) File
2199
2200@cindex object file
2201@cindex output file
2202@kindex a.out
2203@kindex .o
a4fb0134 2204Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132 2205your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
a8eb42a8 2206is the object file. Its default name is @code{a.out}.
a4fb0134 2207You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
2208object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
2209reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
2210directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
2211possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
2212
2213@cindex linker
2214@kindex ld
2215The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
2216assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
2217the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
2218information for the debugger.
2219
2220@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
2221@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
2222
2223@node Errors
2224@section Error and Warning Messages
2225
0285c67d
NC
2226@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2227
a349d9dd 2228@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
2229@cindex warning messages
2230@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 2231@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 2232file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
2233runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
2234that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
2235grave problem that stops the assembly.
2236
0285c67d
NC
2237@c man end
2238
252b5132
RH
2239@cindex format of warning messages
2240Warning messages have the format
2241
2242@smallexample
2243file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
2244@end smallexample
2245
2246@noindent
72e0b254
NC
2247@cindex file names and line numbers, in warnings/errors
2248(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If both a logical file name
2249(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) and a logical line number
252b5132
RH
2250@ifset GENERIC
2251(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
2252@end ifset
72e0b254
NC
2253have been given then they will be used, otherwise the file name and line number
2254in the current assembler source file will be used. The message text is
2255intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix tradition).
2256
2257Note the file name must be set via the logical version of the @code{.file}
2258directive, not the DWARF2 version of the @code{.file} directive. For example:
2259
2260@smallexample
2261 .file 2 "bar.c"
2262 error_assembler_source
2263 .file "foo.c"
2264 .line 30
2265 error_c_source
2266@end smallexample
2267
2268produces this output:
2269
2270@smallexample
2271 Assembler messages:
2272 asm.s:2: Error: no such instruction: `error_assembler_source'
2273 foo.c:31: Error: no such instruction: `error_c_source'
2274@end smallexample
252b5132
RH
2275
2276@cindex format of error messages
2277Error messages have the format
72e0b254 2278
252b5132
RH
2279@smallexample
2280file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
2281@end smallexample
72e0b254 2282
252b5132
RH
2283The file name and line number are derived as for warning
2284messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
2285because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
2286
2287@node Invoking
2288@chapter Command-Line Options
2289
2290@cindex options, all versions of assembler
2291This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
2292versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
2293for options specific
252b5132 2294@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 2295to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
2296@end ifclear
2297@ifset GENERIC
2298to particular machine architectures.
2299@end ifset
2300
0285c67d
NC
2301@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2302
c1253627 2303If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
2304you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
2305The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
2306by commas. For example:
2307
2308@smallexample
2309gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
2310@end smallexample
2311
2312@noindent
2313This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 2314standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
2315local symbols in the symbol table).
2316
2317Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
2318command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
2319(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
2320precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
2321assembler.)
2322
0285c67d
NC
2323@c man end
2324
252b5132 2325@menu
83f10cb2 2326* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 2327* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
2328* D:: -D for compatibility
2329* f:: -f to work faster
2330* I:: -I for .include search path
2331@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2332* K:: -K for compatibility
2333@end ifclear
2334@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2335* K:: -K for difference tables
2336@end ifset
2337
ba83aca1 2338* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 2339* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
2340* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
2341* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
2edb36e7 2342* no-pad-sections:: --no-pad-sections to stop section padding
252b5132
RH
2343* o:: -o to name the object file
2344* R:: -R to join data and text sections
2345* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
2346* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
2347* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 2348* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
2349* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
2350@end menu
2351
2352@node a
83f10cb2 2353@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
2354
2355@kindex -a
2356@kindex -ac
2357@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 2358@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
2359@kindex -ah
2360@kindex -al
2361@kindex -an
2362@kindex -as
2363@cindex listings, enabling
2364@cindex assembly listings, enabling
2365
2366These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
2367@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
2368You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
2369@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
2370@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
2371@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
2372High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
2373@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
2374also.
2375
83f10cb2
NC
2376Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
2377information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
2378
252b5132
RH
2379Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
2380which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
2381other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
2382omitted from the listing.
2383
2384Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
2385listing.
2386
2387Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
2388listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
2389@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
2390@code{.sbttl}.
2391The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
2392If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
2393listing-control directives have no effect.
2394
2395The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
2396@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
2397
96e9638b
BW
2398Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
2399because it
a05a5b64 2400is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command-line switch
c3a27914
NC
2401is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
2402directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
2403stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
2404memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
2405
caa32fe5
NC
2406@node alternate
2407@section @option{--alternate}
2408
2409@kindex --alternate
2410Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
2411
252b5132 2412@node D
a4fb0134 2413@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
2414
2415@kindex -D
2416This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
2417likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 2418@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2419
2420@node f
a4fb0134 2421@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
2422
2423@kindex -f
2424@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 2425@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
2426@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
2427(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
2428and comment preprocessing on
2429the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
2430,Preprocessing}.
2431
2432@quotation
2433@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 2434preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
2435not work correctly.
2436@end quotation
2437
2438@node I
c1253627 2439@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
2440
2441@kindex -I @var{path}
2442@cindex paths for @code{.include}
2443@cindex search path for @code{.include}
2444@cindex @code{include} directive search path
2445Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
2446@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
2447directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 2448many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 2449working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2450searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
2451specified (left to right) on the command line.
2452
2453@node K
a4fb0134 2454@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
2455
2456@kindex -K
2457@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2458On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
2459permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
2460where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
2461generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
2462family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
2463alteration on other platforms.
2464@end ifclear
2465
2466@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2467@cindex difference tables, warning
2468@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
2469@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
2470form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
2471You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
2472is done.
2473@end ifset
2474
2475@node L
ba83aca1 2476@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
2477
2478@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
2479@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
2480Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
2481@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
2482called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
2483such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
2484programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
2485notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
2486such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
2487
2488This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 2489in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 2490@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 2491
c3a27914 2492@node listing
a4fb0134 2493@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914 2494
a05a5b64 2495The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command-line switch
c3a27914
NC
2496@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2497hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2498them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2499directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2500@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2501@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2502@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2503
a4fb0134 2504@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2505@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2506@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2507@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2508Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2509dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2510
2511@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2512@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2513@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2514Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2515a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2516the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2517switch is used the default is to one.
2518
2519@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2520@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2521@cindex Width of source line output
2522Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2523alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2524source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2525
2526@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2527@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2528@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2529Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2530displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2531@end table
2532
252b5132 2533@node M
a4fb0134 2534@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2535
2536@kindex -M
2537@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2538The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2539changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
a8eb42a8
AM
2540compatible with the @code{ASM68K} assembler from Microtec Research.
2541The exact nature of the
252b5132
RH
2542MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2543information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2544arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2545assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2546
2547The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2548depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2549file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2550individually. These are:
2551
2552@itemize @bullet
2553@item global symbols in common section
2554
2555The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2556Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2557common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2558symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2559symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2560
2561@item complex relocations
2562
2563The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2564relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2565are not support by other object file formats.
2566
2567@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2568
2569The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2570This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2571instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2572script.
2573
2574@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2575
2576The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2577name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2578
2579@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2580
2581The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2582address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2583which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2584not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2585assigned within a linker script.
2586@end itemize
2587
2588There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2589@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2590seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2591
2592@itemize @bullet
2593
2594@item EBCDIC strings
2595
2596EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2597
2598@item packed binary coded decimal
2599
2600Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2601and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2602
2603@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2604
2605The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2606
2607@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2608
2609The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2610
2611@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2612
2613The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2614@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2615relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2616these options serve no purpose.
2617
2618@item @code{OPT} list control options
2619
2620The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2621@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2622@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2623
2624@item other @code{OPT} options
2625
2626The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2627@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2628
2629@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2630
2631The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2632@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2633
2634@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2635
2636The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2637
252b5132
RH
2638@end itemize
2639
2640@node MD
c1253627 2641@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2642
2643@kindex --MD
2644@cindex dependency tracking
2645@cindex make rules
2646
a4fb0134 2647@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2648file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2649dependencies of the main source file.
2650
2651The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2652
2653This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2654
2edb36e7
NC
2655@node no-pad-sections
2656@section Output Section Padding
2657@kindex --no-pad-sections
2658@cindex output section padding
2659Normally the assembler will pad the end of each output section up to its
2660alignment boundary. But this can waste space, which can be significant on
2661memory constrained targets. So the @option{--no-pad-sections} option will
2662disable this behaviour.
2663
252b5132 2664@node o
a4fb0134 2665@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2666
2667@kindex -o
2668@cindex naming object file
2669@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2670There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
a8eb42a8 2671default it has the name @file{a.out}.
252b5132
RH
2672You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2673object file a different name.
2674
a4fb0134 2675Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2676existing file of the same name.
2677
2678@node R
a4fb0134 2679@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2680
2681@kindex -R
2682@cindex data and text sections, joining
2683@cindex text and data sections, joining
2684@cindex joining text and data sections
2685@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2686@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2687data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2688the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2689section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2690your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2691appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2692
a4fb0134 2693When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2694address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2695data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2696older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2697
c1253627
NC
2698@ifset COFF-ELF
2699When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2700this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2701@samp{.data}.
2702@end ifset
2703
2704@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2705@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2706@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2707@end ifset
2708
2709@node statistics
a4fb0134 2710@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2711
2712@kindex --statistics
2713@cindex statistics, about assembly
2714@cindex time, total for assembly
2715@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2716Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2717@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2718(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2719seconds).
2720
2721@node traditional-format
c1253627 2722@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2723
2724@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2725For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2726from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2727@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2728
2729For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2730@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2731
2732@node v
a4fb0134 2733@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2734
2735@kindex -v
2736@kindex -version
2737@cindex assembler version
2738@cindex version of assembler
2739You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2740option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2741command line.
2742
2743@node W
a4fb0134 2744@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2745
a4fb0134 2746@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2747assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2748cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2749made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2750
c1253627
NC
2751@kindex -W
2752@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2753@cindex suppressing warnings
2754@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2755If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2756This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2757how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2758are still reported.
2759
c1253627 2760@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2761@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2762@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2763If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2764files that generate warnings to be in error.
2765
c1253627 2766@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2767@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2768You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2769causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2770
2771@node Z
a4fb0134 2772@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2773@cindex object file, after errors
2774@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2775After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2776some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2777@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2778option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2779writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2780errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2781
2782@node Syntax
2783@chapter Syntax
2784
2785@cindex machine-independent syntax
2786@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2787This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2788source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2789assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2790@ifclear VAX
2791assembler.
2792@end ifclear
2793@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2794assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2795@end ifset
2796
2797@menu
7c31ae13 2798* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2799* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2800* Comments:: Comments
2801* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2802* Statements:: Statements
2803* Constants:: Constants
2804@end menu
2805
2806@node Preprocessing
2807@section Preprocessing
2808
2809@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2810The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2811@itemize @bullet
2812@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2813@item
2814adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2815the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2816a single space.
2817
2818@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2819@item
2820removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2821appropriate number of newlines.
2822
2823@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2824@item
2825converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2826@end itemize
2827
2828It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2829anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2830do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2831(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2832to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2833@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
2edb36e7 2834Output, gcc info, Using GNU CC}.
252b5132
RH
2835
2836Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2837cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2838preprocessed.
2839
2840@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2841@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2842@kindex #NO_APP
2843@kindex #APP
2844If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2845@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2846Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2847specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2848text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2849@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2850@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2851and whitespace.
2852
2853@node Whitespace
2854@section Whitespace
2855
2856@cindex whitespace
2857@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2858Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2859people to read. Unless within character constants
2860(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2861as exactly one space.
2862
2863@node Comments
2864@section Comments
2865
2866@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2867There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2868cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2869
2870Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2871This means you may not nest these comments.
2872
2873@smallexample
2874/*
2875 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2876 is to use this sort of comment.
2877*/
2878
2879/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2880@end smallexample
2881
2882@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2883Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2884considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2885specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2886line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2887line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2888comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
a05a5b64 2889upon command-line options that have been used. For more details see the
7c31ae13
NC
2890@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2891
2892If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2893special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2894to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2895
2896@kindex #
2897@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2898@cindex logical line numbers
2899To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2900special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2901expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2902line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2903new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2904
2905If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2906the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2907
2908@smallexample
2909 # This is an ordinary comment.
2910# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2911 # This is logical line # 36.
2912@end smallexample
2913This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2914of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2915
2916@node Symbol Intro
2917@section Symbols
2918
2919@cindex characters used in symbols
2920@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2921A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2922letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2923@samp{_.$}.
2924@end ifclear
2925@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2926@ifclear GENERIC
2927@ifset H8
2928A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2929letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2930@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2931symbol names.)
2932@end ifset
2933@end ifclear
2934@end ifset
2935@ifset GENERIC
2936On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2937are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2938@end ifset
2939No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
d02603dc 2940There is no length limit; all characters are significant. Multibyte characters
7bfd842d
NC
2941are supported. Symbols are delimited by characters not in that set, or by the
2942beginning of a file (since the source program must end with a newline, the end
2943of a file is not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
d02603dc
NC
2944
2945Symbol names may also be enclosed in double quote @code{"} characters. In such
2946cases any characters are allowed, except for the NUL character. If a double
2947quote character is to be included in the symbol name it must be preceeded by a
2948backslash @code{\} character.
252b5132
RH
2949@cindex length of symbols
2950
2951@node Statements
2952@section Statements
2953
2954@cindex statements, structure of
2955@cindex line separator character
2956@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2957
2958A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2959@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2960specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2961target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2962The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2963preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2964exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2965
2966@cindex newline, required at file end
2967@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2968It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2969character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2970
2971An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2972
2973@cindex instructions and directives
2974@cindex directives and instructions
2975@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2976@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2977@c 13feb91.
2978A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2979key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2980symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2981symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2982directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2983a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2984assembles into a machine language instruction.
2985@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2986Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2987recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2988represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2989language.@refill
2990@end ifset
2991
2992@cindex @code{:} (label)
2993@cindex label (@code{:})
2994A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2995Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2996have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2997
2998@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2999For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
3000the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
3001only one label may be defined on each line.
3002@end ifset
3003
3004@smallexample
3005label: .directive followed by something
3006another_label: # This is an empty statement.
3007 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
3008@end smallexample
3009
3010@node Constants
3011@section Constants
3012
3013@cindex constants
3014A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
3015inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
3016@smallexample
3017@group
3018.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
3019.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
3020.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
3021.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
302295028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
3023@end group
3024@end smallexample
3025
3026@menu
3027* Characters:: Character Constants
3028* Numbers:: Number Constants
3029@end menu
3030
3031@node Characters
3032@subsection Character Constants
3033
3034@cindex character constants
3035@cindex constants, character
3036There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
3037for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
3038numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
3039@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
3040used in arithmetic expressions.
3041
3042@menu
3043* Strings:: Strings
3044* Chars:: Characters
3045@end menu
3046
3047@node Strings
3048@subsubsection Strings
3049
3050@cindex string constants
3051@cindex constants, string
3052A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
3053double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
3054into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
3055a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
3056one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
3057@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
3058(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
3059escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
3060
3061@cindex escape codes, character
3062@cindex character escape codes
361fa3a4
NC
3063@c NOTE: Cindex entries must not start with a backlash character.
3064@c NOTE: This confuses the pdf2texi script when it is creating the
3065@c NOTE: index based upon the first character and so it generates:
3066@c NOTE: \initial {\\}
3067@c NOTE: which then results in the error message:
3068@c NOTE: Argument of \\ has an extra }.
3069@c NOTE: So in the index entries below a space character has been
3070@c NOTE: prepended to avoid this problem.
252b5132
RH
3071@table @kbd
3072@c @item \a
3073@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
3074@c
361fa3a4 3075@cindex @code{ \b} (backspace character)
252b5132
RH
3076@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
3077@item \b
3078Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
3079
3080@c @item \e
3081@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
3082@c
361fa3a4 3083@cindex @code{ \f} (formfeed character)
252b5132 3084@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
361fa3a4 3085@item backslash-f
252b5132
RH
3086Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
3087
361fa3a4 3088@cindex @code{ \n} (newline character)
252b5132
RH
3089@cindex newline (@code{\n})
3090@item \n
3091Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
3092
3093@c @item \p
3094@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
3095@c
361fa3a4
NC
3096@cindex @code{ \r} (carriage return character)
3097@cindex carriage return (@code{backslash-r})
252b5132
RH
3098@item \r
3099Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
3100
3101@c @item \s
3102@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
3103@c other assemblers.
3104@c
361fa3a4 3105@cindex @code{ \t} (tab)
252b5132
RH
3106@cindex tab (@code{\t})
3107@item \t
3108Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
3109
3110@c @item \v
3111@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
3112@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
3113@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
3114@c
361fa3a4 3115@cindex @code{ \@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
252b5132
RH
3116@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
3117@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
3118An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
3119For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
3120for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
3121
361fa3a4 3122@cindex @code{ \@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
252b5132
RH
3123@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
3124@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
3125A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
3126lower case @code{x} works.
3127
361fa3a4 3128@cindex @code{ \\} (@samp{\} character)
252b5132
RH
3129@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
3130@item \\
3131Represents one @samp{\} character.
3132
3133@c @item \'
3134@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
3135@c This is needed in single character literals
3136@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
3137@c a @samp{'}.
3138@c
361fa3a4 3139@cindex @code{ \"} (doublequote character)
252b5132
RH
3140@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
3141@item \"
3142Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
3143this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
3144
3145@item \ @var{anything-else}
3146Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
3147assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
3148you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
3149interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
3150other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
3151code and warns you of the fact.
3152@end table
3153
3154Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
3155varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
3156the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
3157compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
3158sequence.
3159
3160@node Chars
3161@subsubsection Characters
3162
3163@cindex single character constant
3164@cindex character, single
3165@cindex constant, single character
9962fe29
AM
3166A single character may be written as a single quote immediately followed by
3167that character. Some backslash escapes apply to characters, @code{\b},
3168@code{\f}, @code{\n}, @code{\r}, @code{\t}, and @code{\"} with the same meaning
3169as for strings, plus @code{\'} for a single quote. So if you want to write the
3170character backslash, you must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes
3171the second @code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a grave
3172accent. A newline
252b5132
RH
3173@ifclear GENERIC
3174@ifclear abnormal-separator
3175(or semicolon @samp{;})
3176@end ifclear
3177@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
3178@ifset H8
3179(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 3180Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
3181@end ifset
3182@end ifset
3183@end ifclear
3184immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
3185and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
3186constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 3187that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
3188@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
3189
3190@node Numbers
3191@subsection Number Constants
3192
3193@cindex constants, number
3194@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 3195@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
3196are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
3197would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
3198integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
3199are floating point numbers, described below.
3200
3201@menu
3202* Integers:: Integers
3203* Bignums:: Bignums
3204* Flonums:: Flonums
3205@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3206@end ifclear
3207@end menu
3208
3209@node Integers
3210@subsubsection Integers
3211@cindex integers
3212@cindex constants, integer
3213
3214@cindex binary integers
3215@cindex integers, binary
3216A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
3217the binary digits @samp{01}.
3218
3219@cindex octal integers
3220@cindex integers, octal
3221An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
3222digits (@samp{01234567}).
3223
3224@cindex decimal integers
3225@cindex integers, decimal
3226A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
3227more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
3228
3229@cindex hexadecimal integers
3230@cindex integers, hexadecimal
3231A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
3232more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
3233
3234Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
3235the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
3236(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
3237
3238@node Bignums
3239@subsubsection Bignums
3240
3241@cindex bignums
3242@cindex constants, bignum
3243A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
3244except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
3245represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
3246integers are permitted while bignums are not.
3247
3248@node Flonums
3249@subsubsection Flonums
3250@cindex flonums
3251@cindex floating point numbers
3252@cindex constants, floating point
3253
3254@cindex precision, floating point
3255A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
3256indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 3257@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
3258sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
3259to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 3260portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
3261
3262A flonum is written by writing (in order)
3263@itemize @bullet
3264@item
3265The digit @samp{0}.
3266@ifset HPPA
3267(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
3268@end ifset
3269
3270@item
a4fb0134 3271A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
3272@ifset GENERIC
3273@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
3274@ignore
3275@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
3276(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
32774.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
3278@end ignore
3279
a8eb42a8 3280On the H8/300 and Renesas / SuperH SH architectures, the letter must be
252b5132
RH
3281one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3282
3283On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
3284(in upper or lower case).
3285
252b5132
RH
3286On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
3287@end ifset
3288@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3289@ifset ARC
3290One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
3291@end ifset
3292@ifset H8
3293One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3294@end ifset
3295@ifset HPPA
3296The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
3297@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3298@end ifclear
3299
3300@item
3301An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3302
3303@item
3304An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
3305
3306@item
3307An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
3308or more decimal digits.
3309
3310@item
3311An optional exponent, consisting of:
3312
3313@itemize @bullet
3314@item
3315An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
3316@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
3317@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
3318@item
3319Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3320@item
3321One or more decimal digits.
3322@end itemize
3323
3324@end itemize
3325
3326At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
3327present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
3328
a4fb0134 3329@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 3330independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 3331@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 3332
252b5132
RH
3333@node Sections
3334@chapter Sections and Relocation
3335@cindex sections
3336@cindex relocation
3337
3338@menu
3339* Secs Background:: Background
3340* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
3341* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
3342* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
3343* bss:: bss Section
3344@end menu
3345
3346@node Secs Background
3347@section Background
3348
3349Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
3350``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
3351For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
3352
3353@cindex linker, and assembler
3354@cindex assembler, and linker
3355The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 3356combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
3357emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
3358@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
3359different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 3360oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
3361sections.
3362
3363@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
3364addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
3365units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
3366within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
3367run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
3368the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
3369the proper run-time addresses.
3370@ifset H8
7be1c489 3371For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 3372@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
3373ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
3374@end ifset
3375
3376@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 3377An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
3378of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
3379@dfn{bss} sections.
3380
c1253627 3381@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 3382@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 3383When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 3384@end ifset
a4fb0134 3385@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
3386using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
3387If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
3388or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
3389@end ifset
3390
3391@ifset HPPA
3392@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 3393When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 3394@end ifset
a4fb0134 3395@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
3396specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
3397@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
3398(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
3399assembler directives.
3400
3401@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 3402Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
3403text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
3404is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
3405BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
3406@end ifset
3407@end ifset
3408
3409Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
3410data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
3411
3412@ifset HPPA
3413When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
3414section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
3415@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
3416@end ifset
3417
3418To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 3419relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
3420object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3421@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3422file is mentioned:
3423@itemize @bullet
3424@item
3425Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3426an address?
3427@item
3428How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3429@item
3430Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3431@display
3432(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3433@end display
3434@item
3435Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3436@end itemize
3437
3438@cindex addresses, format of
3439@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3440In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3441@display
3442(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3443@end display
3444@noindent
a4fb0134 3445Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3446nature.
3447@ifset SOM
3448(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3449symbol-relative instead.)
3450@end ifset
3451
3452In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3453@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3454
3455Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3456@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3457addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3458@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3459@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3460data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3461their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3462part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3463address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3464
3465The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3466address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3467rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3468Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3469address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3470common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3471time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3472
3473By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3474the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3475sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3476customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3477the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3478data and bss sections.
3479
3480Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3481use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3482
3483@node Ld Sections
3484@section Linker Sections
3485@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3486
3487@table @strong
3488
c1253627 3489@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3490@cindex named sections
3491@cindex sections, named
3492@item named sections
3493@end ifset
a8eb42a8 3494@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3495@cindex text section
3496@cindex data section
3497@itemx text section
3498@itemx data section
3499@end ifset
a4fb0134 3500These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3501separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627 3502true of another.
a8eb42a8 3503@c @ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3504When the program is running, however, it is
3505customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3506text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3507instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3508program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3509in the data section.
c1253627 3510@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3511
3512@cindex bss section
3513@item bss section
3514This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3515is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3516each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3517out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3518bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3519those explicit zeros from object files.
3520
3521@cindex absolute section
3522@item absolute section
3523Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3524This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3525not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3526addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3527
3528@cindex undefined section
3529@item undefined section
3530This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3531the preceding sections.
3532@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3533@end table
3534
3535@cindex relocation example
3536An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3537@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3538The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3539@end ifset
3540Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3541
3542@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3543@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3544@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3545@smallexample
3546 +-----+----+--+
3547partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3548 +-----+----+--+
3549
3550 text data bss
3551 seg. seg. seg.
3552
3553 +---+---+---+
3554partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3555 +---+---+---+
3556
3557 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3558linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3559 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3560
3561 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3562@end smallexample
3563@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3564@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3565@need 5000
3566@tex
c1253627 3567\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3568\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3569\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3570\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3571
3572\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3573\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3574\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3575
3576\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3577\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3578\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3579ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3580DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3581
3582\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3583\line{0\dots\hfil}
3584
3585@end tex
3586@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3587
3588@node As Sections
3589@section Assembler Internal Sections
3590
3591@cindex internal assembler sections
3592@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3593These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3594have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3595sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3596warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3597meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3598value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3599section-relative address.
3600
3601@table @b
3602@cindex assembler internal logic error
3603@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3604An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3605bug in the assembler.
3606
3607@cindex expr (internal section)
3608@item expr section
3609The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3610symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3611it in the expr section.
3612@c FIXME item debug
3613@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3614@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3615@c FIXME item register
3616@end table
3617
3618@node Sub-Sections
3619@section Sub-Sections
3620
3621@cindex numbered subsections
3622@cindex grouping data
a8eb42a8 3623@ifset aout
252b5132 3624Assembled bytes
c1253627 3625@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3626conventionally
3627@end ifset
3628fall into two sections: text and data.
3629@end ifset
3630You may have separate groups of
3631@ifset GENERIC
3632data in named sections
3633@end ifset
3634@ifclear GENERIC
a8eb42a8 3635@ifclear aout
252b5132
RH
3636data in named sections
3637@end ifclear
a8eb42a8 3638@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3639text or data
3640@end ifset
3641@end ifclear
3642that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3643are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3644use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3645numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3646same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3647subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3648section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3649assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3650section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3651constants being output.
3652
3653Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3654goes in subsection number zero.
3655
3656@ifset GENERIC
3657Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3658(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3659of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3660@end ifset
3661@ifclear GENERIC
3662@ifset H8
7be1c489 3663On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3664boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3665The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132 3666@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3667@end ifclear
3668
3669Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3670to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3671The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3672other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3673They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3674data subsections as a data section.
3675
3676To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3677into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3678@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3679@ifset COFF
252b5132 3680@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3681When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3682@end ifset
3683@ifclear GENERIC
3684You
3685@end ifclear
3686can also use an extra subsection
3687argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3688@var{expression}}.
3689@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3690@ifset ELF
3691@ifset GENERIC
3692When generating ELF output, you
3693@end ifset
3694@ifclear GENERIC
3695You
3696@end ifclear
3697can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3698to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3699@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3700@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3701(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3702is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3703begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3704@smallexample
3705.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3706.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3707.text 1
3708.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3709.data 0
3710.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3711.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3712.text 0
3713.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3714.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3715@end smallexample
3716
3717Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3718assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3719restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3720counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3721@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3722current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3723assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3724
3725@node bss
3726@section bss Section
3727
3728@cindex bss section
3729@cindex common variable storage
3730The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3731You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3732not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3733your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3734section are zeroed bytes.
3735
3736The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3737@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3738
3739The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3740another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3741
3742@ifset GENERIC
3743When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3744COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3745see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3746section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3747@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3748@end ifset
3749
3750@node Symbols
3751@chapter Symbols
3752
3753@cindex symbols
3754Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3755things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3756to debug.
3757
3758@quotation
3759@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3760@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3761the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3762@end quotation
3763
3764@menu
3765* Labels:: Labels
3766* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3767* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3768* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3769* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3770@end menu
3771
3772@node Labels
3773@section Labels
3774
3775@cindex labels
3776A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3777@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3778active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3779operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3780different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3781definitions.
3782
3783@ifset HPPA
3784On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3785colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3786a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3787provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3788@end ifset
3789
3790@node Setting Symbols
3791@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3792
3793@cindex assigning values to symbols
3794@cindex symbol values, assigning
3795A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3796by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3797(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3798directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3799equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3800@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3801
f8739b83
JZ
3802@ifset Blackfin
3803Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3804@end ifset
3805
252b5132
RH
3806@node Symbol Names
3807@section Symbol Names
3808
3809@cindex symbol names
3810@cindex names, symbol
3811@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3812Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3813machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3814noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3815string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3816particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3817@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3818@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3819@ifset H8
3820Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3821Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3822character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3823on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3824@end ifset
3825@end ifset
3826
3827Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3828than @code{Foo}.
3829
ed1fcdd1
NC
3830Symbol names do not start with a digit. An exception to this rule is made for
3831Local Labels. See below.
3832
7bfd842d
NC
3833Multibyte characters are supported. To generate a symbol name containing
3834multibyte characters enclose it within double quotes and use escape codes. cf
3835@xref{Strings}. Generating a multibyte symbol name from a label is not
3836currently supported.
3837
252b5132
RH
3838Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3839refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3840in a program.
3841
3842@subheading Local Symbol Names
3843
3844@cindex local symbol names
3845@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3846A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3847By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3848@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3849set of local label prefixes.
3850@ifset HPPA
3851On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3852@end ifset
3853
3854Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3855normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
5c9352f3
AM
3856You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols})
3857to retain the local symbols in the object files.
ba83aca1
BW
3858
3859@subheading Local Labels
3860
3861@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3862@cindex temporary symbol names
3863@cindex symbol names, temporary
ed1fcdd1
NC
3864Local labels are different from local symbols. Local labels help compilers and
3865programmers use names temporarily. They create symbols which are guaranteed to
3866be unique over the entire scope of the input source code and which can be
3867referred to by a simple notation. To define a local label, write a label of
9791c250
AM
3868the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N} represents any non-negative integer).
3869To refer to the most recent previous definition of that label write
3870@samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when you defined the label. To refer
3871to the next definition of a local label, write @samp{@b{N}f}. The @samp{b}
3872stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands for ``forwards''.
2d5aaba0
NC
3873
3874There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3875too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3876the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3877defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3878definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3879noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3880implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3881
3882Here is an example:
3883
3884@smallexample
38851: branch 1f
38862: branch 1b
38871: branch 2f
38882: branch 1b
3889@end smallexample
3890
3891Which is the equivalent of:
3892
3893@smallexample
3894label_1: branch label_3
3895label_2: branch label_1
3896label_3: branch label_4
3897label_4: branch label_3
3898@end smallexample
3899
ba83aca1 3900Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3901transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3902The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3903are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3904these parts:
252b5132
RH
3905
3906@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3907@item @emph{local label prefix}
3908All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3909Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3910that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3911used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3912@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3913object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3914you may use them in debugging.
3915
2d5aaba0
NC
3916@item @var{number}
3917This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3918label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3919
2d5aaba0
NC
3920@item @kbd{C-B}
3921This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3922of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3923
3924@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3925This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3926@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3927number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3928the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3929@end table
3930
ba83aca1
BW
3931So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3932the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3933
3934@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3935@cindex dollar local symbols
3936
ed1fcdd1
NC
3937On some targets @code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of
3938local labels called dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they
3939become undefined) as soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain
3940valid for only a small region of the input source code. Normal local labels,
3941by contrast, remain in scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined
3942by another occurrence of the same local label.
2d5aaba0
NC
3943
3944Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3945except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3946@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3947
3948They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3949names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3950to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3951@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3952
3953@node Dot
3954@section The Special Dot Symbol
3955
3956@cindex dot (symbol)
3957@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3958@cindex current address
3959@cindex location counter
3960The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3961@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3962.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3963Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3964directive.
252b5132 3965@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3966Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3967@samp{.space 4}.
3968@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3969
3970@node Symbol Attributes
3971@section Symbol Attributes
3972
3973@cindex symbol attributes
3974@cindex attributes, symbol
3975Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3976``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3977attributes.
3978@ifset INTERNALS
3979The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3980@end ifset
3981
a4fb0134 3982If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3983all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3984symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3985would want.
3986
3987@menu
3988* Symbol Value:: Value
3989* Symbol Type:: Type
a8eb42a8 3990@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3991* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3992@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3993@ifset COFF
3994* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3995@end ifset
3996@ifset SOM
3997* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3998@end ifset
3999@end menu
4000
4001@node Symbol Value
4002@subsection Value
4003
4004@cindex value of a symbol
4005@cindex symbol value
4006The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
4007location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
4008number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
4009Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
4010as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
4011symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
4012called absolute.
4013
4014The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
40150 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
4016@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
4017same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
4018name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
4019common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
4020bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
4021allocated storage.
4022
4023@node Symbol Type
4024@subsection Type
4025
4026@cindex type of a symbol
4027@cindex symbol type
4028The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
4029information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
4030(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
4031format depends on the object-code output format in use.
4032
a8eb42a8 4033@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
4034@node a.out Symbols
4035@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
4036
4037@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
4038@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
4039
252b5132
RH
4040@menu
4041* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
4042* Symbol Other:: Other
4043@end menu
4044
4045@node Symbol Desc
4046@subsubsection Descriptor
4047
4048@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
4049This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
4050descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
4051(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 4052@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
4053
4054@node Symbol Other
4055@subsubsection Other
4056
4057@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 4058This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
4059@end ifset
4060
4061@ifset COFF
4062@node COFF Symbols
4063@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
4064
4065@cindex COFF symbol attributes
4066@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
4067
4068The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
4069like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
4070@code{.endef} directives.
4071
4072@subsubsection Primary Attributes
4073
4074@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
4075The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
4076respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
4077
4078@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
4079
4080@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 4081The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
4082@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
4083table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
4084@end ifset
4085
4086@ifset SOM
4087@node SOM Symbols
4088@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
4089
4090@cindex SOM symbol attributes
4091@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
4092
4093The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
4094the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
4095
01642c12 4096The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
4097Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
4098@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
4099@end ifset
4100
4101@node Expressions
4102@chapter Expressions
4103
4104@cindex expressions
4105@cindex addresses
4106@cindex numeric values
4107An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
4108Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
4109
4110The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
4111a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 4112enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
4113section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
4114the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 4115@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
4116
4117@menu
4118* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
4119* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
4120@end menu
4121
4122@node Empty Exprs
4123@section Empty Expressions
4124
4125@cindex empty expressions
4126@cindex expressions, empty
4127An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
4128Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 4129expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
4130is compatible with other assemblers.
4131
4132@node Integer Exprs
4133@section Integer Expressions
4134
4135@cindex integer expressions
4136@cindex expressions, integer
4137An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
4138by @emph{operators}.
4139
4140@menu
4141* Arguments:: Arguments
4142* Operators:: Operators
4143* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
4144* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
4145@end menu
4146
4147@node Arguments
4148@subsection Arguments
4149
4150@cindex expression arguments
4151@cindex arguments in expressions
4152@cindex operands in expressions
4153@cindex arithmetic operands
4154@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
4155contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
4156this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
4157the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
4158expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
4159instruction operands.
4160
4161Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
4162@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
4163or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
4164integer.
4165
4166Numbers are usually integers.
4167
4168A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 4169that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
4170these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
4171instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
4172assemblers.
4173
4174@cindex subexpressions
4175Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
4176expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
4177operator followed by an argument.
4178
4179@node Operators
4180@subsection Operators
4181
4182@cindex operators, in expressions
4183@cindex arithmetic functions
4184@cindex functions, in expressions
4185@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
4186operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
4187between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
4188whitespace.
4189
4190@node Prefix Ops
4191@subsection Prefix Operator
4192
4193@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 4194@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
4195one argument, which must be absolute.
4196
4197@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
4198@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
4199@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
4200@tex
4201\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
4202@end tex
4203
4204@table @code
4205@item -
4206@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
4207@item ~
4208@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
4209@end table
4210
4211@tex
4212\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
4213@end tex
4214
4215@node Infix Ops
4216@subsection Infix Operators
4217
4218@cindex infix operators
4219@cindex operators, permitted arguments
4220@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
4221have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 4222to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
4223absolute, and the result is absolute.
4224
4225@enumerate
4226@cindex operator precedence
4227@cindex precedence of operators
4228
4229@item
4230Highest Precedence
4231
4232@table @code
4233@item *
4234@dfn{Multiplication}.
4235
4236@item /
4237@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
4238
4239@item %
4240@dfn{Remainder}.
4241
d1eac9d9 4242@item <<
252b5132
RH
4243@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
4244
d1eac9d9 4245@item >>
252b5132
RH
4246@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
4247@end table
4248
4249@item
4250Intermediate precedence
4251
4252@table @code
4253@item |
4254
4255@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
4256
4257@item &
4258@dfn{Bitwise And}.
4259
4260@item ^
4261@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
4262
4263@item !
4264@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
4265@end table
4266
4267@item
b131d4dc 4268Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
4269
4270@table @code
4271@cindex addition, permitted arguments
4272@cindex plus, permitted arguments
4273@cindex arguments for addition
4274@item +
4275@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
4276the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
4277sections.
4278
4279@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
4280@cindex minus, permitted arguments
4281@cindex arguments for subtraction
4282@item -
4283@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
4284result has the section of the left argument.
4285If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
4286You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
4287@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
4288
4289@cindex comparison expressions
4290@cindex expressions, comparison
4291@item ==
4292@dfn{Is Equal To}
4293@item <>
723a8472 4294@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
4295@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
4296@item <
4297@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 4298@item >
b131d4dc 4299@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 4300@item >=
b131d4dc 4301@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 4302@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
4303@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
4304
4305The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
4306value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
4307perform signed comparisons.
4308@end table
4309
4310@item Lowest Precedence
4311
4312@table @code
4313@item &&
4314@dfn{Logical And}.
4315
4316@item ||
4317@dfn{Logical Or}.
4318
4319These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
4320expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
4321value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
4322or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
4323
252b5132
RH
4324@end table
4325@end enumerate
4326
4327In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
4328address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
4329
4330@node Pseudo Ops
4331@chapter Assembler Directives
4332
4333@cindex directives, machine independent
4334@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
4335@cindex machine independent directives
4336All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
7e302352
RS
4337The names are case insensitive for most targets, and usually written
4338in lower case.
252b5132
RH
4339
4340This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
4341target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
4342@ifset GENERIC
4343Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
4344@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4345@end ifset
4346@ifclear GENERIC
4347@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 4348@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
4349@end ifset
4350@end ifclear
4351
4352@menu
4353* Abort:: @code{.abort}
4354@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 4355* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 4356@end ifset
f0dc282c 4357
252b5132 4358* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 4359* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
4360* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4361* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4362* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
d3b47e2b 4363* Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, etc
252b5132 4364* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 4365* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 4366* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132 4367* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
340d33e5
NC
4368* Dc:: @code{.dc[@var{size}] @var{expressions}}
4369* Dcb:: @code{.dcb[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
4370* Ds:: @code{.ds[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
252b5132
RH
4371@ifset COFF
4372* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
4373@end ifset
a8eb42a8 4374@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
4375* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4376@end ifset
4377@ifset COFF
4378* Dim:: @code{.dim}
4379@end ifset
f0dc282c 4380
252b5132
RH
4381* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4382* Eject:: @code{.eject}
4383* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4384* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4385* End:: @code{.end}
4386@ifset COFF
4387* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4388@end ifset
f0dc282c 4389
252b5132
RH
4390* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4391* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4392* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4393* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4394* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4395* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4396* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4397* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4398* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4399* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4400* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4401* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4402* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4403* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4404* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4405@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4406* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4407* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4408@end ifset
f0dc282c 4409
252b5132
RH
4410* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4411* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4412* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4413* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4414* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4415* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4416@ifset ELF
4417* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4418@end ifset
f0dc282c 4419
252b5132
RH
4420* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4421* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4422* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4423* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4424@ifclear no-line-dir
4425* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4426@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4427
252b5132
RH
4428* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4429* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4430* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4431* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4432* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4433@ifset ELF
4434* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4435@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4436
252b5132
RH
4437* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4438@ignore
4439* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4440@end ignore
f0dc282c 4441
252b5132
RH
4442* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4443* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4444* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132 4445* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
8f065d3b 4446* Nops:: @code{.nops @var{size}[, @var{control}]}
252b5132 4447* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4448* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291
L
4449* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4450* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4451@ifset ELF
4452* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4453* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4454@end ifset
f0dc282c 4455
252b5132 4456* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4457@ifset ELF
4458* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4459@end ifset
f0dc282c 4460
252b5132
RH
4461* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4462* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4463@ifset ELF
4464* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4465@end ifset
f0dc282c 4466
252b5132 4467* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4468* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4469* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4470* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4471@ifset COFF
4472* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4473@end ifset
4474@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4475* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4476@end ifset
f0dc282c 4477
252b5132
RH
4478* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4479* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4480* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4481@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4482* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4483@end ifset
884f0d36 4484@ifclear no-space-dir
340d33e5 4485* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
884f0d36
BW
4486@end ifclear
4487
252b5132 4488* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4489@ifclear no-space-dir
340d33e5 4490* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
884f0d36 4491@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4492@ifset have-stabs
4493* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4494@end ifset
f0dc282c 4495
38a57ae7 4496* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4497* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4498@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4499* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4500* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4501@end ifset
f0dc282c 4502
252b5132
RH
4503@ifset COFF
4504* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4505@end ifset
f0dc282c 4506
252b5132
RH
4507* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4508* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4509@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4510* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4511@end ifset
4512
c91d2e08 4513* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4514@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4515* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4516@end ifset
f0dc282c 4517
2e13b764 4518@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4519* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4520* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4521* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4522@end ifset
f0dc282c 4523
d190d046 4524* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4525* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4526* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132 4527* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7ce98c16
NC
4528@ifclear no-space-dir
4529* Zero:: @code{.zero @var{size}}
4530@end ifclear
2b841ec2
AM
4531@ifset ELF
4532* 2byte:: @code{.2byte @var{expressions}}
4533* 4byte:: @code{.4byte @var{expressions}}
4534* 8byte:: @code{.8byte @var{bignums}}
4535@end ifset
252b5132
RH
4536* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4537@end menu
4538
4539@node Abort
4540@section @code{.abort}
4541
4542@cindex @code{abort} directive
4543@cindex stopping the assembly
4544This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4545compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4546assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4547of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4548quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4549
4550@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4551@node ABORT (COFF)
4552@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4553
4554@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4555When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4556synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4557
252b5132
RH
4558@end ifset
4559
4560@node Align
4561@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4562
4563@cindex padding the location counter
4564@cindex @code{align} directive
4565Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4566boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4567required, as described below.
4568
4569The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4570padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 4571padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
4572marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4573with no-op instructions.
4574
4575The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4576it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4577directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4578specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4579fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4580required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4581with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4582
4583The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
a8eb42a8 4584For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, iq2000, m68k, or1k,
60946ad0 4585s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4586alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4587the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4588is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4589first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4590
9e9a9798 4591For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4592strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4593number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4594advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
a6ce99e9 4595counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
252b5132
RH
4596multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4597
4598This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4599native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4600GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4601described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4602architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4603
ccf8a69b
BW
4604@node Altmacro
4605@section @code{.altmacro}
4606Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4607
4608@ftable @code
4609@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4610One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4611generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4612replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4613replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4614separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4615define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4616
4617@item String delimiters
4618You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4619@code{"@var{string}"}:
4620
4621@table @code
4622@item '@var{string}'
4623You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4624
4625@item <@var{string}>
4626You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4627@end table
4628
4629@item single-character string escape
4630To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4631character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4632character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4633write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4634
4635@item Expression results as strings
4636You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4637and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4638@end ftable
4639
252b5132
RH
4640@node Ascii
4641@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4642
4643@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4644@cindex string literals
4645@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4646separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4647trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4648
4649@node Asciz
4650@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4651
4652@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4653@cindex zero-terminated strings
4654@cindex null-terminated strings
4655@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4656a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4657
4658@node Balign
4659@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4660
4661@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4662@cindex @code{balign} directive
4663Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4664storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4665alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4666the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4667is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4668
4669The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4670padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 4671padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
4672marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4673with no-op instructions.
4674
4675The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4676it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4677directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4678specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4679fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4680required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4681with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4682
4683@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4684@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4685The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4686@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4687pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4688fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
46894,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4690filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4691the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4692undefined.
4693
fa94de6b 4694@node Bundle directives
d3b47e2b
L
4695@section Bundle directives
4696@subsection @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}
fa94de6b
RM
4697@cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive
4698@cindex bundle
4699@cindex instruction bundle
4700@cindex aligned instruction bundle
ec82c18e 4701@code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @dfn{aligned instruction
fa94de6b 4702bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped
ec82c18e 4703into fixed-sized @dfn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is
27dcf5c0 4704disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it
fa94de6b
RM
4705gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the
4706@code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}).
4707
4708For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a
ec82c18e 4709certain aligned boundary. A @dfn{bundle} is simply a sequence of
fa94de6b
RM
4710instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if
4711@var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned
4712chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in
4713effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an
4714instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of
4715that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the
4716end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction
4717starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single
4718instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size.
4719
d3b47e2b 4720@subsection @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
fa94de6b
RM
4721@cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive
4722@cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive
4723The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives
4724allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives
4725are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable
4726aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when
4727@code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last
4728directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}.
4729
4730@cindex bundle-locked
4731For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may
4732appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple
4733instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock}
ec82c18e 4734and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @dfn{bundle-locked}
fa94de6b
RM
4735instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a
4736sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with
4737@code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the
4738entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle
4739boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the
4740first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an
4741aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the
4742bundle size.
4743
d416e51d
RM
4744For convenience when using @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4745inside assembler macros (@pxref{Macro}), bundle-locked sequences may be
4746nested. That is, a second @code{.bundle_lock} directive before the next
4747@code{.bundle_unlock} directive has no effect except that it must be
4748matched by another closing @code{.bundle_unlock} so that there is the
4749same number of @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives.
fa94de6b 4750
252b5132
RH
4751@node Byte
4752@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4753
4754@cindex @code{byte} directive
4755@cindex integers, one byte
4756@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4757Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4758
54cfded0 4759@node CFI directives
d3b47e2b
L
4760@section CFI directives
4761@subsection @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
38462edf
JJ
4762@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4763@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4764should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4765If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4766if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4767To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4768directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4769
2f0c68f2
CM
4770On targets that support compact unwinding tables these can be generated
4771by specifying @code{.eh_frame_entry} instead of @code{.eh_frame}.
4772
bd5608dc
NC
4773Some targets may support an additional name, such as @code{.c6xabi.exidx}
4774which is used by the @value{TIC6X} target.
4775
4776The @code{.cfi_sections} directive can be repeated, with the same or different
4777arguments, provided that CFI generation has not yet started. Once CFI
4778generation has started however the section list is fixed and any attempts to
4779redefine it will result in an error.
4780
d3b47e2b 4781@subsection @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4782@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4783@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4784should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4785data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4786@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4787
01642c12 4788Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4789it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4790
d3b47e2b 4791@subsection @code{.cfi_endproc}
54cfded0
AM
4792@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4793@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4794unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4795@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4796
d3b47e2b 4797@subsection @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
2f0c68f2 4798@cindex @code{cfi_personality} directive
9b8ae42e
JJ
4799@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4800@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4801should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4802argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4803a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4804the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4805can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4806The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4807no personality routine.
4808
2f0c68f2
CM
4809@subsection @code{.cfi_personality_id @var{id}}
4810@cindex @code{cfi_personality_id} directive
4811@code{cfi_personality_id} defines a personality routine by its index as
4812defined in a compact unwinding format.
4813Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4814with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4815
4816@subsection @code{.cfi_fde_data [@var{opcode1} [, @dots{}]]}
4817@cindex @code{cfi_fde_data} directive
4818@code{cfi_fde_data} is used to describe the compact unwind opcodes to be
4819used for the current function. These are emitted inline in the
4820@code{.eh_frame_entry} section if small enough and there is no LSDA, or
4821in the @code{.gnu.extab} section otherwise.
4822Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4823with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4824
d3b47e2b 4825@subsection @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
9b8ae42e
JJ
4826@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4827@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
2f0c68f2
CM
4828should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), the second
4829argument is not present, otherwise the second argument should be a constant
9b8ae42e 4830or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
2f0c68f2
CM
4831meaning that no LSDA is present.
4832
4833@subsection @code{.cfi_inline_lsda} [@var{align}]
4834@code{.cfi_inline_lsda} marks the start of a LSDA data section and
4835switches to the corresponding @code{.gnu.extab} section.
4836Must be preceded by a CFI block containing a @code{.cfi_lsda} directive.
4837Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4838with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4839
4840The table header and unwinding opcodes will be generated at this point,
4841so that they are immediately followed by the LSDA data. The symbol
4842referenced by the @code{.cfi_lsda} directive should still be defined
4843in case a fallback FDE based encoding is used. The LSDA data is terminated
4844by a section directive.
4845
4846The optional @var{align} argument specifies the alignment required.
4847The alignment is specified as a power of two, as with the
4848@code{.p2align} directive.
9b8ae42e 4849
d3b47e2b 4850@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4851@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4852address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4853
d3b47e2b 4854@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
54cfded0
AM
4855@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4856now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4857remains the same.
4858
d3b47e2b 4859@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0
AM
4860@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4861remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4862absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4863CFA address.
4864
d3b47e2b 4865@subsection @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4866Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
33eaf5de 4867value that is added/subtracted from the previous offset.
54cfded0 4868
d3b47e2b 4869@subsection @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4870Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4871CFA.
54cfded0 4872
084303b8
AK
4873@subsection @code{.cfi_val_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4874Previous value of @var{register} is CFA + @var{offset}.
4875
d3b47e2b 4876@subsection @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
17076204
RH
4877Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4878the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4879using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4880This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4881code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4882
d3b47e2b 4883@subsection @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4b7d318b
L
4884Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4885
d3b47e2b 4886@subsection @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4887@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4888same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4889instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4890
d3b47e2b 4891@subsection @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4b7d318b
L
4892From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4893
d3b47e2b 4894@subsection @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4895Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4896i.e. no restoration needed.
4897
48eac74c
MG
4898@subsection @code{.cfi_remember_state} and @code{.cfi_restore_state}
4899@code{.cfi_remember_state} pushes the set of rules for every register onto an
4900implicit stack, while @code{.cfi_restore_state} pops them off the stack and
4901places them in the current row. This is useful for situations where you have
4902multiple @code{.cfi_*} directives that need to be undone due to the control
4903flow of the program. For example, we could have something like this (assuming
4904the CFA is the value of @code{rbp}):
4905
4906@smallexample
4907 je label
4908 popq %rbx
4909 .cfi_restore %rbx
4910 popq %r12
4911 .cfi_restore %r12
4912 popq %rbp
4913 .cfi_restore %rbp
4914 .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8
4915 ret
4916label:
4917 /* Do something else */
4918@end smallexample
4919
4920Here, we want the @code{.cfi} directives to affect only the rows corresponding
4921to the instructions before @code{label}. This means we'd have to add multiple
4922@code{.cfi} directives after @code{label} to recreate the original save
4923locations of the registers, as well as setting the CFA back to the value of
4924@code{rbp}. This would be clumsy, and result in a larger binary size. Instead,
4925we can write:
4926
4927@smallexample
4928 je label
4929 popq %rbx
4930 .cfi_remember_state
4931 .cfi_restore %rbx
4932 popq %r12
4933 .cfi_restore %r12
4934 popq %rbp
4935 .cfi_restore %rbp
4936 .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8
4937 ret
4938label:
4939 .cfi_restore_state
4940 /* Do something else */
4941@end smallexample
4942
4943That way, the rules for the instructions after @code{label} will be the same
4944as before the first @code{.cfi_restore} without having to use multiple
4945@code{.cfi} directives.
4b7d318b 4946
d3b47e2b 4947@subsection @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4948Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4949directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4950
d3b47e2b 4951@subsection @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
63752a75
JJ
4952Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4953
d3b47e2b 4954@subsection @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4955SPARC register window has been saved.
4956
d3b47e2b 4957@subsection @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
cdfbf930
RH
4958Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4959might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4960opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4961
d3b47e2b 4962@subsection @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
f1c4cc75
RH
4963The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4964will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4965description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4966
4967The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4968limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4969mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4970by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4971or another register.
4972
ccf8a69b
BW
4973@node Comm
4974@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4975
ccf8a69b
BW
4976@cindex @code{comm} directive
4977@cindex symbol, common
4978@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4979common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4980of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4981definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4982allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4983absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4984the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4985using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4986
c1711530
DK
4987@ifset COFF-ELF
4988When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4989an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4990specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4991that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4992as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4993boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4994power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4995common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4996alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4997largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4998maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4999is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
5000@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
5001multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
5002It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
5003(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 5004@end ifset
cd1fcb49 5005
ccf8a69b
BW
5006@ifset HPPA
5007The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5008@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5009@end ifset
07a53e5c 5010
252b5132
RH
5011@node Data
5012@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
252b5132 5013@cindex @code{data} directive
340d33e5 5014
a4fb0134 5015@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
5016end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
5017absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
5018to zero.
5019
340d33e5
NC
5020@node Dc
5021@section @code{.dc[@var{size}] @var{expressions}}
5022@cindex @code{dc} directive
5023
46c685ac 5024The @code{.dc} directive expects zero or more @var{expressions} separated by
340d33e5
NC
5025commas. These expressions are evaluated and their values inserted into the
5026current section. The size of the emitted value depends upon the suffix to the
5027@code{.dc} directive:
5028
5029@table @code
5030@item @samp{.a}
5031Emits N-bit values, where N is the size of an address on the target system.
5032@item @samp{.b}
5033Emits 8-bit values.
5034@item @samp{.d}
5035Emits double precision floating-point values.
5036@item @samp{.l}
5037Emits 32-bit values.
5038@item @samp{.s}
5039Emits single precision floating-point values.
5040@item @samp{.w}
5041Emits 16-bit values.
5042Note - this is true even on targets where the @code{.word} directive would emit
504332-bit values.
5044@item @samp{.x}
5045Emits long double precision floating-point values.
5046@end table
5047
5048If no suffix is used then @samp{.w} is assumed.
5049
d7c79856
MR
5050The byte ordering is target dependent, as is the size and format of floating
5051point values.
340d33e5
NC
5052
5053@node Dcb
5054@section @code{.dcb[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
5055@cindex @code{dcb} directive
5056This directive emits @var{number} copies of @var{fill}, each of @var{size}
5057bytes. Both @var{number} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the
5058comma and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. The
5059@var{size} suffix, if present, must be one of:
5060
5061@table @code
5062@item @samp{.b}
5063Emits single byte values.
5064@item @samp{.d}
5065Emits double-precision floating point values.
5066@item @samp{.l}
5067Emits 4-byte values.
5068@item @samp{.s}
5069Emits single-precision floating point values.
5070@item @samp{.w}
5071Emits 2-byte values.
5072@item @samp{.x}
5073Emits long double-precision floating point values.
5074@end table
5075
5076If the @var{size} suffix is omitted then @samp{.w} is assumed.
5077
5078The byte ordering is target dependent, as is the size and format of floating
5079point values.
5080
5081@node Ds
5082@section @code{.ds[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
5083@cindex @code{ds} directive
5084This directive emits @var{number} copies of @var{fill}, each of @var{size}
5085bytes. Both @var{number} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the
5086comma and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. The
5087@var{size} suffix, if present, must be one of:
5088
5089@table @code
5090@item @samp{.b}
5091Emits single byte values.
5092@item @samp{.d}
5093Emits 8-byte values.
5094@item @samp{.l}
5095Emits 4-byte values.
5096@item @samp{.p}
5097Emits 12-byte values.
5098@item @samp{.s}
5099Emits 4-byte values.
5100@item @samp{.w}
5101Emits 2-byte values.
5102@item @samp{.x}
5103Emits 12-byte values.
5104@end table
5105
5106Note - unlike the @code{.dcb} directive the @samp{.d}, @samp{.s} and @samp{.x}
d7c79856 5107suffixes do not indicate that floating-point values are to be inserted.
340d33e5
NC
5108
5109If the @var{size} suffix is omitted then @samp{.w} is assumed.
5110
d7c79856 5111The byte ordering is target dependent.
340d33e5
NC
5112
5113
252b5132
RH
5114@ifset COFF
5115@node Def
5116@section @code{.def @var{name}}
5117
5118@cindex @code{def} directive
5119@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
5120@cindex debugging COFF symbols
5121Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
5122definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
252b5132
RH
5123@end ifset
5124
a8eb42a8 5125@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
5126@node Desc
5127@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
5128
5129@cindex @code{desc} directive
5130@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
5131@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
5132This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
5133to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
5134
5135@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 5136The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 5137configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 5138object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
5139it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
5140@end ifset
5141@end ifset
5142
5143@ifset COFF
5144@node Dim
5145@section @code{.dim}
5146
5147@cindex @code{dim} directive
5148@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
5149@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
5150This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
5151information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
5152@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
252b5132
RH
5153@end ifset
5154
5155@node Double
5156@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
5157
5158@cindex @code{double} directive
5159@cindex floating point numbers (double)
5160@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5161assembles floating point numbers.
5162@ifset GENERIC
5163The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5164@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
5165@end ifset
5166@ifclear GENERIC
5167@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5168On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
5169in @sc{ieee} format.
5170@end ifset
5171@end ifclear
5172
5173@node Eject
5174@section @code{.eject}
5175
5176@cindex @code{eject} directive
5177@cindex new page, in listings
5178@cindex page, in listings
5179@cindex listing control: new page
5180Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
5181
5182@node Else
5183@section @code{.else}
5184
5185@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 5186@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 5187assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
5188of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
5189was false.
5190
3fd9f047
TW
5191@node Elseif
5192@section @code{.elseif}
5193
5194@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 5195@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 5196assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
5197@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
5198
252b5132
RH
5199@node End
5200@section @code{.end}
5201
5202@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 5203@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
5204process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
5205
5206@ifset COFF
5207@node Endef
5208@section @code{.endef}
5209
5210@cindex @code{endef} directive
5211This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
5212@code{.def}.
252b5132
RH
5213@end ifset
5214
5215@node Endfunc
5216@section @code{.endfunc}
5217@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
5218@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
5219
5220@node Endif
5221@section @code{.endif}
5222
5223@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 5224@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
5225it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
5226conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
5227
5228@node Equ
5229@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5230
5231@cindex @code{equ} directive
5232@cindex assigning values to symbols
5233@cindex symbols, assigning values to
5234This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 5235It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
5236
5237@ifset HPPA
01642c12 5238The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
5239@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
5240@end ifset
5241
3c9b82ba 5242@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
5243The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
5244@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
33eaf5de 5245On the Z80 it is an error if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 5246but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 5247Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
5248@end ifset
5249
252b5132
RH
5250@node Equiv
5251@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5252@cindex @code{equiv} directive
5253The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
5254the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
5255symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
5256undefined.
252b5132 5257
01642c12 5258Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
5259@smallexample
5260.ifdef SYM
5261.err
5262.endif
5263.equ SYM,VAL
5264@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
5265plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
5266
5267@node Eqv
5268@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5269@cindex @code{eqv} directive
5270The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
5271evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
5272the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
5273value is taken.
252b5132
RH
5274
5275@node Err
5276@section @code{.err}
5277@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
5278If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
5279message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 5280object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 5281
d190d046
HPN
5282@node Error
5283@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
5284@cindex error directive
5285
5286Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
5287string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
5288message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
5289@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
5290
5291@smallexample
5292 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
5293@end smallexample
5294
252b5132
RH
5295@node Exitm
5296@section @code{.exitm}
5297Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
5298
5299@node Extern
5300@section @code{.extern}
5301
5302@cindex @code{extern} directive
5303@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 5304with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
5305all undefined symbols as external.
5306
5307@node Fail
5308@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
5309
5310@cindex @code{fail} directive
5311Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
5312or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
5313than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
5314include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
5315complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
5316
252b5132 5317@node File
14082c76 5318@section @code{.file}
252b5132 5319@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
5320
5321@ifclear no-file-dir
5322There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
5323that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
5324@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
5325
5326@subheading Default Version
5327
252b5132
RH
5328@cindex logical file name
5329@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
5330This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
5331are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
5332
5333@smallexample
5334.file @var{string}
5335@end smallexample
5336
5337@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
5338recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
5339to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
5340statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 5341old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
5342
5343@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
5344@end ifclear
5345
14082c76
BW
5346When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
5347to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
5348
5349@smallexample
5350.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
5351@end smallexample
5352
5353The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
5354index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
5355literal.
5356
5357The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
5358table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
5359information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
5360entries will have.
5361
252b5132
RH
5362@node Fill
5363@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
5364
5365@cindex @code{fill} directive
5366@cindex writing patterns in memory
5367@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 5368@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
5369This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
5370may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
5371more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
5372other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
5373is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
5374zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 5375byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
5376Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
5377@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
5378compatible with other people's assemblers.
5379
5380@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
5381If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
5382assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
5383@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
5384
5385@node Float
5386@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
5387
5388@cindex floating point numbers (single)
5389@cindex @code{float} directive
5390This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5391has the same effect as @code{.single}.
5392@ifset GENERIC
5393The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5394@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
5395@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
5396@end ifset
5397@ifclear GENERIC
5398@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5399On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
5400in @sc{ieee} format.
5401@end ifset
5402@end ifclear
5403
5404@node Func
5405@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
5406@cindex @code{func} directive
5407@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
5408is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 5409Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
5410@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
5411prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
5412@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
5413All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
5414The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
5415
5416@node Global
5417@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
5418
5419@cindex @code{global} directive
5420@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
5421@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
5422@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
5423other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
5424@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
5425from another file linked into the same program.
5426
5427Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
5428compatibility with other assemblers.
5429
5430@ifset HPPA
5431On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
5432partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 5433@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
5434@end ifset
5435
c91d2e08 5436@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
5437@node Gnu_attribute
5438@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
5439Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
5440
c91d2e08
NC
5441@node Hidden
5442@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
5443
c1253627
NC
5444@cindex @code{hidden} directive
5445@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5446This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5447@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 5448@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5449
5450This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5451their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5452@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 5453Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
5454@end ifset
5455
252b5132
RH
5456@node hword
5457@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
5458
5459@cindex @code{hword} directive
5460@cindex integers, 16-bit
5461@cindex numbers, 16-bit
5462@cindex sixteen bit integers
5463This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5464a 16 bit number for each.
5465
5466@ifset GENERIC
5467This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
5468architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
5469@end ifset
5470@ifclear GENERIC
5471@ifset W32
5472This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
5473@end ifset
5474@ifset W16
5475This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
5476@end ifset
5477@end ifclear
5478
5479@node Ident
5480@section @code{.ident}
5481
5482@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
5483
5484This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
5485behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
5486a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
5487source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
5488for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
5489@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
5490emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
5491
5492@node If
5493@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
5494
5495@cindex conditional assembly
5496@cindex @code{if} directive
5497@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
5498considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
5499(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
5500the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
5501(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
5502alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
5503If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
5504nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
5505
5506The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
5507@table @code
5508@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
5509@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
5510Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5511has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
5512is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 5513
26aca5f6
JB
5514@cindex @code{ifb} directive
5515@item .ifb @var{text}
5516Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
5517
252b5132
RH
5518@cindex @code{ifc} directive
5519@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
5520Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
5521strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
5522the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
5523end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
5524string comparison is case sensitive.
5525
5526@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
5527@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
5528Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
5529
5530@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
5531@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
5532Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
5533
5534@cindex @code{ifge} directive
5535@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
5536Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
5537equal to zero.
5538
5539@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
5540@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
5541Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
5542
5543@cindex @code{ifle} directive
5544@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
5545Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
5546to zero.
5547
5548@cindex @code{iflt} directive
5549@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
5550Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
5551
26aca5f6
JB
5552@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
5553@item .ifnb @var{text}
5554Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5555following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
5556
252b5132
RH
5557@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
5558@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
5559Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5560following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5561
5562@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
5563@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
5564@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
5565@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
5566Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5567has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
5568which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
5569
5570@cindex @code{ifne} directive
5571@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
5572Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
5573(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
5574
5575@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
5576@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
5577Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5578following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5579@end table
5580
7e005732
NC
5581@node Incbin
5582@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
5583
5584@cindex @code{incbin} directive
5585@cindex binary files, including
5586The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
5587location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
5588option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5589around @var{file}.
5590
5591The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
5592@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
5593read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
5594responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
5595after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 5596
252b5132
RH
5597@node Include
5598@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
5599
5600@cindex @code{include} directive
5601@cindex supporting files, including
5602@cindex files, including
5603This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
5604points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
5605if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
5606included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
5607can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
5608(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5609around @var{file}.
5610
5611@node Int
5612@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5613
5614@cindex @code{int} directive
5615@cindex integers, 32-bit
5616Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5617For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5618expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5619of target the assembly is for.
5620
5621@ifclear GENERIC
5622@ifset H8
7be1c489 5623On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5624integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
562532-bit integers.
5626@end ifset
5627@end ifclear
5628
c91d2e08
NC
5629@ifset ELF
5630@node Internal
5631@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5632
c1253627
NC
5633@cindex @code{internal} directive
5634@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5635This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5636@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5637@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5638
5639This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5640their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5641@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5642(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5643processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5644@end ifset
5645
252b5132
RH
5646@node Irp
5647@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5648
5649@cindex @code{irp} directive
5650Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5651The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5652terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5653set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5654@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5655@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5656sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5657
5658For example, assembling
5659
5660@example
5661 .irp param,1,2,3
5662 move d\param,sp@@-
5663 .endr
5664@end example
5665
5666is equivalent to assembling
5667
5668@example
5669 move d1,sp@@-
5670 move d2,sp@@-
5671 move d3,sp@@-
5672@end example
5673
96e9638b 5674For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5675
252b5132
RH
5676@node Irpc
5677@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5678
5679@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5680Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5681The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5682terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5683@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5684assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5685assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5686@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5687
5688For example, assembling
5689
5690@example
5691 .irpc param,123
5692 move d\param,sp@@-
5693 .endr
5694@end example
5695
5696is equivalent to assembling
5697
5698@example
5699 move d1,sp@@-
5700 move d2,sp@@-
5701 move d3,sp@@-
5702@end example
5703
5e75c3ab
JB
5704For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5705at @xref{Macro}.
5706
252b5132
RH
5707@node Lcomm
5708@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5709
5710@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5711@cindex local common symbols
5712@cindex symbols, local common
5713Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5714denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5715those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5716section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5717is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5718not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5719
5720@ifset GENERIC
5721Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5722argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5723@end ifset
5724
5725@ifset HPPA
5726The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5727@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5728@end ifset
5729
5730@node Lflags
5731@section @code{.lflags}
5732
5733@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5734@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5735assemblers, but ignores it.
5736
5737@ifclear no-line-dir
5738@node Line
5739@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5740
5741@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132 5742@cindex logical line number
a8eb42a8 5743@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
5744Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5745expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5746statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5747reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5748@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5749for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5750@end ifset
5751
252b5132 5752Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5753@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5754when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5755were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5756@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5757
5758Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5759used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5760debugging.
5761@end ifclear
5762
5763@node Linkonce
5764@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5765@cindex COMDAT
5766@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5767@cindex common sections
5768Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5769This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5770but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5771The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5772Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5773unique.
5774
5775This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5776writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5777Executable format used on Windows NT.
5778
5779The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5780following strings. For example:
5781@smallexample
5782.linkonce same_size
5783@end smallexample
5784Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5785
5786@table @code
5787@item discard
5788Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5789
5790@item one_only
5791Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5792
5793@item same_size
5794Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5795
5796@item same_contents
5797Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5798@end table
5799
ccf8a69b
BW
5800@node List
5801@section @code{.list}
5802
5803@cindex @code{list} directive
5804@cindex listing control, turning on
5805Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5806not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5807internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5808counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5809generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5810
5811By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
a05a5b64 5812@samp{-a} command-line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
ccf8a69b
BW
5813the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5814
252b5132
RH
5815@node Ln
5816@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5817
5818@cindex @code{ln} directive
5819@ifclear no-line-dir
5820@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5821@end ifclear
5822@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5823Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5824must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5825line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5826statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5827line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
252b5132
RH
5828@end ifset
5829
ccf8a69b
BW
5830@node Loc
5831@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5832@cindex @code{loc} directive
5833When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5834the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5835number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5836instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5837arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5838the row is added.
252b5132 5839
ccf8a69b
BW
5840The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5841
5842@table @code
5843@item basic_block
5844This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5845@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5846
5847@item prologue_end
5848This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5849@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5850
5851@item epilogue_begin
5852This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5853@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5854
5855@item is_stmt @var{value}
5856This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5857@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5858either 0 or 1.
5859
5860@item isa @var{value}
5861This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5862state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5863
92846e72
CC
5864@item discriminator @var{value}
5865This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5866state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5867
ba8826a8
AO
5868@item view @var{value}
5869This option causes a row to be added to @code{.debug_line} in reference to the
5870current address (which might not be the same as that of the following assembly
5871instruction), and to associate @var{value} with the @code{view} register in the
5872@code{.debug_line} state machine. If @var{value} is a label, both the
5873@code{view} register and the label are set to the number of prior @code{.loc}
5874directives at the same program location. If @var{value} is the literal
5875@code{0}, the @code{view} register is set to zero, and the assembler asserts
5876that there aren't any prior @code{.loc} directives at the same program
5877location. If @var{value} is the literal @code{-0}, the assembler arrange for
5878the @code{view} register to be reset in this row, even if there are prior
5879@code{.loc} directives at the same program location.
5880
ccf8a69b
BW
5881@end table
5882
5883@node Loc_mark_labels
5884@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5885@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5886When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5887the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5888to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5889register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5890The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5891this function respectively.
252b5132 5892
4d4175af
BW
5893@ifset ELF
5894@node Local
5895@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5896
5897@cindex @code{local} directive
5898This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5899the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5900will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5901they will be created.
5902
5903For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5904accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5905the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5906(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5907@end ifset
5908
252b5132
RH
5909@node Long
5910@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5911
5912@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5913@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5914
5915@ignore
5916@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5917@c what it really ought to do
5918@node Lsym
5919@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5920
5921@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5922@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5923@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5924the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5925rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5926the same as the expression value:
5927@smallexample
5928@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5929@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5930@var{value} = @var{expression}
5931@end smallexample
5932@noindent
5933The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5934@end ignore
5935
5936@node Macro
5937@section @code{.macro}
5938
5939@cindex macros
5940The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5941generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5942@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5943
5944@example
5945 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5946 .long \from
5947 .if \to-\from
5948 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5949 .endif
5950 .endm
5951@end example
5952
5953@noindent
5954With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5955
5956@example
5957 .long 0
5958 .long 1
5959 .long 2
5960 .long 3
5961 .long 4
5962 .long 5
5963@end example
5964
5965@ftable @code
5966@item .macro @var{macname}
5967@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5968@cindex @code{macro} directive
5969Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5970definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5971separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5972indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5973@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5974(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5975macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5976cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5977subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5978definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5979
5980@table @code
5981@item .macro comm
5982Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5983arguments.
5984
6258339f 5985@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5986@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5987Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5988which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5989@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5990
5991@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5992Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5993arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5994After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5995@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5996@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5997,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5998@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5999
6eaeac8a
JB
6000@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
6001Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
6002arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
6003not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
6004will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
6005
252b5132
RH
6006When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
6007position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
6008@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
6009
6258339f
NC
6010@end table
6011
5e75c3ab
JB
6012Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
6013as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
6014occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 6015characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 6016(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 6017architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
6018character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
6019replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
6020construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
6021identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
6022this macro definition:
6023
6024@example
6025 .macro label l
6026\l:
6027 .endm
6028@end example
6029
6030might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
6031called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
6032assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
6033identifier.
6034
6035Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
6036which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
6037for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
6038length specifier like this:
6039
6040@example
6041 .macro opcode base length
6042 \base.\length
6043 .endm
6044@end example
6045
6046and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
6047instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
6048interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
6049
6050There are several possible ways around this problem:
6051
6052@table @code
6053@item Insert white space
6054If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
6055solution. eg:
6056
6057@example
6058 .macro label l
6059\l :
6060 .endm
6061@end example
6062
6063@item Use @samp{\()}
6064The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
6065the following text. eg:
6066
6067@example
6068 .macro opcode base length
6069 \base\().\length
6070 .endm
6071@end example
6072
6073@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
6074In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
6075used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
6076
6077@example
6078 .altmacro
6079 .macro label l
6080l&:
6081 .endm
6082@end example
6258339f 6083@end table
5e75c3ab 6084
96e9638b 6085Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 6086also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 6087and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 6088
252b5132
RH
6089@item .endm
6090@cindex @code{endm} directive
6091Mark the end of a macro definition.
6092
6093@item .exitm
6094@cindex @code{exitm} directive
6095Exit early from the current macro definition.
6096
6097@cindex number of macros executed
6098@cindex macros, count executed
6099@item \@@
a4fb0134 6100@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
6101executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
6102output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
6103
252b5132
RH
6104@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
6105@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
6106macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
6107@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
6108@end ftable
252b5132 6109
ccf8a69b
BW
6110@node MRI
6111@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 6112
ccf8a69b
BW
6113@cindex @code{mri} directive
6114@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
6115If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
6116@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
6117affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
6118of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 6119
caa32fe5
NC
6120@node Noaltmacro
6121@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 6122Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 6123
252b5132
RH
6124@node Nolist
6125@section @code{.nolist}
6126
6127@cindex @code{nolist} directive
6128@cindex listing control, turning off
6129Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
6130not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
6131internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
6132counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
6133generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
6134
8f065d3b
L
6135@node Nops
6136@section @code{.nops @var{size}[, @var{control}]}
62a02d25 6137
8f065d3b 6138@cindex @code{nops} directive
62a02d25
L
6139@cindex filling memory with no-op instructions
6140This directive emits @var{size} bytes filled with no-op instructions.
6141@var{size} is absolute expression, which must be a positve value.
6142@var{control} controls how no-op instructions should be generated. If
6143the comma and @var{control} are omitted, @var{control} is assumed to be
6144zero.
6145
6146Note: For Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 targets, @var{control} specifies
6147the size limit of a no-op instruction. The valid values of @var{control}
3ae729d5
L
6148are between 0 and 4 in 16-bit mode, between 0 and 7 when tuning for
6149older processors in 32-bit mode, between 0 and 11 in 64-bit mode or when
6150tuning for newer processors in 32-bit mode. When 0 is used, the no-op
6151instruction size limit is set to the maximum supported size.
62a02d25 6152
252b5132
RH
6153@node Octa
6154@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
6155
a8eb42a8 6156@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on some? Or warn?
252b5132
RH
6157@cindex @code{octa} directive
6158@cindex integer, 16-byte
6159@cindex sixteen byte integer
6160This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
6161bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
6162
6163The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6164hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
6165
9aec2026
NC
6166@node Offset
6167@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
6168
6169@cindex @code{offset} directive
6170Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
6171be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
6172symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
fa94de6b 6173directive.
9aec2026 6174
252b5132
RH
6175@node Org
6176@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
6177
6178@cindex @code{org} directive
6179@cindex location counter, advancing
6180@cindex advancing location counter
6181@cindex current address, advancing
6182Advance the location counter of the current section to
6183@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
6184expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
6185you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
6186wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
6187with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 6188@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
6189is the same as the current subsection.
6190
6191@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
6192unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
6193backwards.
6194
6195@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
6196@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
6197@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 6198Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
6199may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
6200a chance to share your improved assembler.
6201
6202Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
6203to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
6204people's assemblers.
6205
6206When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
6207intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
6208absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
6209@var{fill} defaults to zero.
6210
6211@node P2align
6212@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
6213
6214@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
6215@cindex @code{p2align} directive
6216Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
6217storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
6218number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
6219advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
a6ce99e9 6220counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
252b5132
RH
6221multiple of 8, no change is needed.
6222
6223The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
6224padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 6225padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
6226marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
6227with no-op instructions.
6228
6229The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
6230it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
6231directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
6232specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
6233fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
6234required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
6235with no-op instructions when appropriate.
6236
6237@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
6238@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
6239The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
6240@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
6241pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
6242fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
62432,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
6244filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
6245the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
6246undefined.
6247
ccf8a69b
BW
6248@ifset ELF
6249@node PopSection
6250@section @code{.popsection}
6251
6252@cindex @code{popsection} directive
6253@cindex Section Stack
6254This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6255@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6256@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
6257(@pxref{Previous}).
6258
6259This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
6260section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 6261stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
6262@end ifset
6263
c91d2e08
NC
6264@ifset ELF
6265@node Previous
6266@section @code{.previous}
6267
c1253627 6268@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6269@cindex Section Stack
6270This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
6271@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6272@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
6273(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
6274
6275This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 6276referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 6277@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
6278subsections). For example:
6279
6280@smallexample
6281.section A
6282 .subsection 1
6283 .word 0x1234
6284 .subsection 2
6285 .word 0x5678
6286.previous
6287 .word 0x9abc
6288@end smallexample
6289
6290Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
6291section A. Whilst:
6292
6293@smallexample
6294.section A
6295.subsection 1
6296 # Now in section A subsection 1
6297 .word 0x1234
6298.section B
6299.subsection 0
6300 # Now in section B subsection 0
6301 .word 0x5678
6302.subsection 1
6303 # Now in section B subsection 1
6304 .word 0x9abc
6305.previous
6306 # Now in section B subsection 0
6307 .word 0xdef0
6308@end smallexample
6309
6310Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
6311section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
6312
6313In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
6314the top section on the section stack.
6315@end ifset
6316
252b5132
RH
6317@node Print
6318@section @code{.print @var{string}}
6319
6320@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 6321@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
6322assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
6323
c91d2e08
NC
6324@ifset ELF
6325@node Protected
6326@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
6327
c1253627
NC
6328@cindex @code{protected} directive
6329@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 6330This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 6331@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
6332
6333This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
6334their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
6335@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
6336components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
6337component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 6338this.
c91d2e08
NC
6339@end ifset
6340
252b5132
RH
6341@node Psize
6342@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
6343
6344@cindex @code{psize} directive
6345@cindex listing control: paper size
6346@cindex paper size, for listings
6347Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
6348number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
6349
6350If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
6351of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
6352default width is 200 columns.
6353
a4fb0134 6354@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
6355lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
6356@code{.eject}).
6357
6358If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
6359those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
6360
6361@node Purgem
6362@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
6363
6364@cindex @code{purgem} directive
6365Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
6366expanded. @xref{Macro}.
6367
c91d2e08
NC
6368@ifset ELF
6369@node PushSection
9cfc3331 6370@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 6371
c1253627 6372@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6373@cindex Section Stack
6374This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6375@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6376@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6377(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6378
e9863d7f
DJ
6379This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
6380top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
6381subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
6382@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
6383as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
6384@end ifset
6385
252b5132
RH
6386@node Quad
6387@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
6388
6389@cindex @code{quad} directive
6390@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
6391each bignum, it emits
6392@ifclear bignum-16
6393an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
6394warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
6395@cindex eight-byte integer
6396@cindex integer, 8-byte
6397
6398The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6399hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
6400@end ifclear
6401@ifset bignum-16
6402a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
6403warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
6404@cindex sixteen-byte integer
6405@cindex integer, 16-byte
6406@end ifset
6407
05e9452c
AM
6408@node Reloc
6409@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
6410
6411@cindex @code{reloc} directive
6412Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
6413@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
6414the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
6415symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
6416@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
6417absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
6418targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
6419relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
6420section.
6421
252b5132
RH
6422@node Rept
6423@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
6424
6425@cindex @code{rept} directive
6426Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
6427@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
6428
6429For example, assembling
6430
6431@example
6432 .rept 3
6433 .long 0
6434 .endr
6435@end example
6436
6437is equivalent to assembling
6438
6439@example
6440 .long 0
6441 .long 0
6442 .long 0
6443@end example
6444
808811a3
NC
6445A count of zero is allowed, but nothing is generated. Negative counts are not
6446allowed and if encountered will be treated as if they were zero.
6447
252b5132
RH
6448@node Sbttl
6449@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
6450
6451@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
6452@cindex subtitles for listings
6453@cindex listing control: subtitle
6454Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
6455title line) when generating assembly listings.
6456
6457This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6458it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6459
6460@ifset COFF
6461@node Scl
6462@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
6463
6464@cindex @code{scl} directive
6465@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
6466@cindex COFF symbol storage class
6467Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
6468used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
6469whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
6470symbolic debugging information.
252b5132
RH
6471@end ifset
6472
c1253627 6473@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6474@node Section
c1253627 6475@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 6476
252b5132
RH
6477@cindex named section
6478Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
6479named @var{name}.
6480
6481This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
6482named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
6483with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
6484
c1253627
NC
6485@ifset COFF
6486@ifset ELF
6487@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6488@subheading COFF Version
6489@end ifset
6490
6491@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
6492For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
6493ways:
c91d2e08 6494
252b5132
RH
6495@smallexample
6496.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 6497.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
6498@end smallexample
6499
6500If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
6501section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
eda683bb 6502
252b5132
RH
6503@table @code
6504@item b
6505bss section (uninitialized data)
6506@item n
6507section is not loaded
6508@item w
6509writable section
6510@item d
6511data section
70e0ee1a
KT
6512@item e
6513exclude section from linking
252b5132
RH
6514@item r
6515read-only section
6516@item x
6517executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
6518@item s
6519shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
6520@item a
6521ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
6522@item y
6523section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
6524@item 0-9
6525single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
6526@end table
6527
6528If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6529the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
6530loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
6531from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
6532will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
6533
6534If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 6535taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 6536@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6537
6538@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
6539@ifset COFF
6540@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6541@subheading ELF Version
6542@end ifset
6543
c91d2e08
NC
6544@cindex Section Stack
6545This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 6546@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
6547(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
6548@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6549
c1253627 6550@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 6551For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6552
252b5132 6553@smallexample
7047dd1e 6554.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 6555@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6556
451133ce
NP
6557@anchor{Section Name Substitutions}
6558@kindex --sectname-subst
6559@cindex section name substitution
6560If the @samp{--sectname-subst} command-line option is provided, the @var{name}
6561argument may contain a substitution sequence. Only @code{%S} is supported
6562at the moment, and substitutes the current section name. For example:
6563
6564@smallexample
6565.macro exception_code
6566.section %S.exception
6567[exception code here]
6568.previous
6569.endm
6570
6571.text
6572[code]
6573exception_code
6574[...]
6575
6576.section .init
6577[init code]
6578exception_code
6579[...]
6580@end smallexample
6581
6582The two @code{exception_code} invocations above would create the
6583@code{.text.exception} and @code{.init.exception} sections respectively.
33eaf5de
NC
6584This is useful e.g. to discriminate between ancillary sections that are
6585tied to setup code to be discarded after use from ancillary sections that
451133ce
NP
6586need to stay resident without having to define multiple @code{exception_code}
6587macros just for that purpose.
6588
252b5132 6589The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 6590combination of the following characters:
eda683bb 6591
252b5132
RH
6592@table @code
6593@item a
6594section is allocatable
a91e1603
L
6595@item d
6596section is a GNU_MBIND section
18ae9cc1
L
6597@item e
6598section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
6599@item w
6600section is writable
6601@item x
6602section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
6603@item M
6604section is mergeable
6605@item S
6606section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
6607@item G
6608section is a member of a section group
6609@item T
6610section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
6611@item ?
6612section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
eda683bb 6613@item @code{<number>}
9fb71ee4
NC
6614a numeric value indicating the bits to be set in the ELF section header's flags
6615field. Note - if one or more of the alphabetic characters described above is
6616also included in the flags field, their bit values will be ORed into the
6617resulting value.
eda683bb
NC
6618@item @code{<target specific>}
6619some targets extend this list with their own flag characters
252b5132
RH
6620@end table
6621
9fb71ee4
NC
6622Note - once a section's flags have been set they cannot be changed. There are
6623a few exceptions to this rule however. Processor and application specific
6624flags can be added to an already defined section. The @code{.interp},
6625@code{.strtab} and @code{.symtab} sections can have the allocate flag
6626(@code{a}) set after they are initially defined, and the @code{.note-GNU-stack}
eda683bb 6627section may have the executable (@code{x}) flag added.
9fb71ee4 6628
252b5132 6629The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
eda683bb 6630
252b5132
RH
6631@table @code
6632@item @@progbits
6633section contains data
6634@item @@nobits
6635section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
6636@item @@note
6637section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
6638@item @@init_array
6639section contains an array of pointers to init functions
6640@item @@fini_array
6641section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
6642@item @@preinit_array
6643section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
eda683bb 6644@item @@@code{<number>}
9fb71ee4 6645a numeric value to be set as the ELF section header's type field.
eda683bb 6646@item @@@code{<target specific>}
9fb71ee4 6647some targets extend this list with their own types
252b5132
RH
6648@end table
6649
9fb71ee4
NC
6650Many targets only support the first three section types. The type may be
6651enclosed in double quotes if necessary.
10b016c2 6652
ececec60
NC
6653Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
6654ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
6655@code{%} character.
6656
9fb71ee4
NC
6657Note - some sections, eg @code{.text} and @code{.data} are considered to be
6658special and have fixed types. Any attempt to declare them with a different
6659type will generate an error from the assembler.
6660
22fe14ad 6661If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 6662be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
6663
6664@smallexample
6665.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
6666@end smallexample
6667
6668Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
6669constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
6670@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
6671@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
6672the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
6673absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
6674which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
6675@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
6676@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
6677
6678If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
6679be present along with an additional field like this:
6680
6681@smallexample
6682.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6683@end smallexample
6684
6685The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
6686particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
eda683bb 6687
22fe14ad
NC
6688@table @code
6689@item comdat
6690indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
6691@item .gnu.linkonce
6692an alias for comdat
6693@end table
6694
96e9638b 6695Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
6696the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6697
6698@smallexample
6699.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6700@end smallexample
ec38dd05 6701
01642c12
RM
6702If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6703@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6704present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6705this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6706@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6707If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6708
252b5132
RH
6709If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6710the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6711none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6712executable. The section will contain data.
6713
6714For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6715directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6716
252b5132
RH
6717@smallexample
6718.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6719@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6720
252b5132
RH
6721Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6722separated flags:
eda683bb 6723
252b5132
RH
6724@table @code
6725@item #alloc
6726section is allocatable
6727@item #write
6728section is writable
6729@item #execinstr
6730section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6731@item #exclude
6732section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6733@item #tls
6734section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6735@end table
c91d2e08 6736
e9863d7f
DJ
6737This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6738contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6739some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6740work.
c1253627
NC
6741@end ifset
6742@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6743
6744@node Set
6745@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6746
6747@cindex @code{set} directive
6748@cindex symbol value, setting
6749Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6750changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6751@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6752flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6753
5d239759
NC
6754You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly provided that the
6755values given to the symbol are constants. Values that are based on expressions
6756involving other symbols are allowed, but some targets may restrict this to only
6757being done once per assembly. This is because those targets do not set the
6758addresses of symbols at assembly time, but rather delay the assignment until a
6759final link is performed. This allows the linker a chance to change the code in
6760the files, changing the location of, and the relative distance between, various
6761different symbols.
252b5132
RH
6762
6763If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6764file is the last value stored into it.
6765
3c9b82ba
NC
6766@ifset Z80
6767On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6768@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6769@end ifset
6770
252b5132
RH
6771@node Short
6772@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6773
6774@cindex @code{short} directive
6775@ifset GENERIC
6776@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6777@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6778
6779In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6780numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6781@end ifset
6782@ifclear GENERIC
6783@ifset W16
6784@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6785@end ifset
6786@ifset W32
6787This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6788a 16 bit number for each.
6789@end ifset
6790@end ifclear
6791
6792@node Single
6793@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6794
6795@cindex @code{single} directive
6796@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6797This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6798has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6799@ifset GENERIC
6800The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6801@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6802@end ifset
6803@ifclear GENERIC
6804@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6805On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6806numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6807@end ifset
6808@end ifclear
6809
c1253627 6810@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6811@node Size
c1253627 6812@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6813
c1253627
NC
6814This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6815
6816@ifset COFF
6817@ifset ELF
6818@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6819@subheading COFF Version
6820@end ifset
6821
6822@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6823For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6824@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6825
6826@smallexample
6827.size @var{expression}
6828@end smallexample
252b5132 6829
c1253627 6830@end ifset
c91d2e08 6831
c1253627
NC
6832@ifset ELF
6833@ifset COFF
6834@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6835@subheading ELF Version
6836@end ifset
6837
6838@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6839For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6840
c1253627
NC
6841@smallexample
6842.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6843@end smallexample
6844
6845This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6846The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6847arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6848symbols.
c1253627
NC
6849@end ifset
6850@end ifset
252b5132 6851
252b5132
RH
6852@ifclear no-space-dir
6853@node Skip
340d33e5 6854@section @code{.skip @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
252b5132
RH
6855
6856@cindex @code{skip} directive
6857@cindex filling memory
6858This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6859@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6860@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6861@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6862@end ifclear
252b5132 6863
ccf8a69b
BW
6864@node Sleb128
6865@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6866
6867@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6868@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6869compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6870symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6871
884f0d36 6872@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 6873@node Space
340d33e5 6874@section @code{.space @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
252b5132
RH
6875
6876@cindex @code{space} directive
6877@cindex filling memory
6878This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6879@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6880and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6881as @samp{.skip}.
6882
6883@ifset HPPA
6884@quotation
6885@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6886targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6887Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6888@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6889for a summary.
6890@end quotation
6891@end ifset
6892@end ifclear
6893
252b5132
RH
6894@ifset have-stabs
6895@node Stab
6896@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6897
6898@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6899@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6900There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6901All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6902The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6903cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6904Up to five fields are required:
6905
6906@table @var
6907@item string
6908This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6909@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6910debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6911using this field.
6912
6913@item type
6914An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6915this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6916and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6917
6918@item other
6919An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6920low 8 bits of this expression.
6921
6922@item desc
6923An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6924bits of this expression.
6925
6926@item value
6927An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6928@end table
6929
6930If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6931or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6932you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6933compatible with earlier assemblers!
6934
6935@table @code
6936@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6937@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6938
6939The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6940It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6941null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6942strings.
6943
6944The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6945relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6946is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6947assembled.
6948
6949@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6950@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6951The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6952
6953@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6954@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6955All five fields are specified.
6956@end table
6957@end ifset
6958@c end have-stabs
6959
6960@node String
38a57ae7 6961@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6962"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6963
6964@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6965@cindex string8, copying to object file
6966@cindex string16, copying to object file
6967@cindex string32, copying to object file
6968@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6969@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6970@cindex @code{string8} directive
6971@cindex @code{string16} directive
6972@cindex @code{string32} directive
6973@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6974
6975Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6976one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6977particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6978You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6979
01642c12 6980The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6981the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6982copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6983are stored in target endianness byte order.
6984
6985Example:
6986@smallexample
6987 .string32 "BYE"
6988expands to:
6989 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6990 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6991@end smallexample
6992
6993
252b5132
RH
6994@node Struct
6995@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6996
6997@cindex @code{struct} directive
6998Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6999which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
7000@smallexample
7001 .struct 0
7002field1:
7003 .struct field1 + 4
7004field2:
7005 .struct field2 + 4
7006field3:
7007@end smallexample
7008This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
7009@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
7010value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
7011use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
7012before further assembly.
7013
c91d2e08
NC
7014@ifset ELF
7015@node SubSection
7016@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
7017
c1253627 7018@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7019@cindex Section Stack
7020This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
7021@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
7022@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 7023(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
7024
7025This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
7026section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
7027in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
7028@end ifset
7029
252b5132
RH
7030@ifset ELF
7031@node Symver
7032@section @code{.symver}
7033@cindex @code{symver} directive
7034@cindex symbol versioning
7035@cindex versions of symbols
7036Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
7037within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
7038typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
7039There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
7040into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
7041shared library.
7042
79082ff0 7043For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
7044@smallexample
7045.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
7046@end smallexample
339681c0 7047If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 7048being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
7049alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
7050just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
7051permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
7052of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
7053itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
7054have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
7055file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
7056function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
7057the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
7058building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
7059symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
7060nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
7061
7062If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
7063references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
7064reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
7065symbol table.
79082ff0
L
7066
7067Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
7068@smallexample
7069.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
7070@end smallexample
7071In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 7072the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
7073difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
7074references to @var{name2} by the linker.
7075
7076The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
7077@smallexample
7078.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
7079@end smallexample
7080When @var{name} is not defined within the
7081file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
7082@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
7083name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
7084@end ifset
7085
7086@ifset COFF
7087@node Tag
7088@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
7089
7090@cindex COFF structure debugging
7091@cindex structure debugging, COFF
7092@cindex @code{tag} directive
7093This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
7094information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
7095@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
7096definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
252b5132
RH
7097@end ifset
7098
7099@node Text
7100@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
7101
7102@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 7103Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
7104the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
7105expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
7106is used.
7107
7108@node Title
7109@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
7110
7111@cindex @code{title} directive
7112@cindex listing control: title line
7113Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
7114source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
7115
7116This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
7117it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
7118
c1253627 7119@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 7120@node Type
c1253627
NC
7121@section @code{.type}
7122
7123This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
7124
7125@ifset COFF
7126@ifset ELF
7127@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
7128@subheading COFF Version
7129@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7130
7131@cindex COFF symbol type
7132@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
7133@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
7134For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
7135@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
7136
7137@smallexample
7138.type @var{int}
7139@end smallexample
7140
7141This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
7142entry.
252b5132 7143
c1253627 7144@end ifset
c91d2e08 7145
c1253627
NC
7146@ifset ELF
7147@ifset COFF
7148@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
7149@subheading ELF Version
7150@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7151
7152@cindex ELF symbol type
7153@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
7154@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
7155For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
7156
7157@smallexample
7158.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
7159@end smallexample
7160
7161This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 7162function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 7163supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 7164compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
7165
7166Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
7167@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
7168below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
7169the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
7170maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
7171assemblers.
7172
7173The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
7174
7175@smallexample
5671778d
NC
7176 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
7177 .type <name>,#<type>
7178 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 7179 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
7180 .type <name>,"<type>"
7181@end smallexample
7182
7183The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 7184
5671778d
NC
7185@table @gcctabopt
7186@item STT_FUNC
7187@itemx function
7188Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 7189
d8045f23
NC
7190@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
7191@itemx gnu_indirect_function
7192Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 7193processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 7194
5671778d
NC
7195@item STT_OBJECT
7196@itemx object
7197Mark the symbol as being a data object.
7198
7199@item STT_TLS
7200@itemx tls_object
33eaf5de 7201Mark the symbol as being a thread-local data object.
5671778d
NC
7202
7203@item STT_COMMON
7204@itemx common
7205Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
7206
7207@item STT_NOTYPE
7208@itemx notype
7209Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
7210
3e7a7d11
NC
7211@item gnu_unique_object
7212Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
7213will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
7214name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
7215systems).
3e7a7d11 7216
5671778d
NC
7217@end table
7218
f2d4ba38
JB
7219Changing between incompatible types other than from/to STT_NOTYPE will
7220result in a diagnostic. An intermediate change to STT_NOTYPE will silence
7221this.
7222
5671778d 7223Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 7224
c1253627
NC
7225@end ifset
7226@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7227
7228@node Uleb128
7229@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
7230
7231@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 7232@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 7233compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 7234symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
7235
7236@ifset COFF
7237@node Val
7238@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
7239
7240@cindex @code{val} directive
7241@cindex COFF value attribute
7242@cindex value attribute, COFF
7243This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
7244records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
7245entry.
252b5132
RH
7246@end ifset
7247
2e13b764 7248@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
7249@node Version
7250@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 7251
c1253627 7252@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7253This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
7254formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 7255@end ifset
2e13b764 7256
c91d2e08
NC
7257@ifset ELF
7258@node VTableEntry
7259@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 7260
653cfe85 7261@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7262This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
7263@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 7264
c91d2e08
NC
7265@node VTableInherit
7266@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 7267
653cfe85 7268@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7269This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
7270@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 7271parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 7272parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 7273@end ifset
2e13b764 7274
d190d046
HPN
7275@node Warning
7276@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
7277@cindex warning directive
7278Similar to the directive @code{.error}
7279(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
7280
c91d2e08
NC
7281@node Weak
7282@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 7283
c1253627 7284@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 7285This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 7286@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 7287
01642c12 7288On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 7289directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
7290@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
7291
977cdf5a 7292On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 7293When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 7294alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 7295
06e77878
AO
7296@node Weakref
7297@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
7298
7299@cindex @code{weakref} directive
7300This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
7301be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
7302If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
7303will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
7304symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
7305
7306The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
7307assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
7308symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
7309resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
7310had the references to the alias removed.
7311
7312The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
7313within the assembler.
7314
252b5132
RH
7315@node Word
7316@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7317
7318@cindex @code{word} directive
7319This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
7320separated by commas.
7321@ifclear GENERIC
7322@ifset W32
a4fb0134 7323For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7324@end ifset
7325@ifset W16
a4fb0134 7326For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7327@end ifset
7328@end ifclear
7329@ifset GENERIC
7330
7331The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
7332depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
7333@end ifset
7334
a8eb42a8 7335@c on sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
252b5132
RH
7336@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
7337@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7338@cindex difference tables altered
7339@cindex altered difference tables
7340@quotation
7341@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
7342@end quotation
7343
7344@ifset GENERIC
7345Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
7346addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
7347interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
7348@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
7349
7350@end ifset
7351In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 7352@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 7353Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 7354compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 7355directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 7356@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
7357creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
7358This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
7359first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
7360of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
7361table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
7362contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
7363@code{sym2}.
7364
7365If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
7366secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
7367@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
7368long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
7369and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
7370minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
7371entries in the original jump table as necessary.
7372
7373@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 7374@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
7375@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
7376assembly language programmers.
7377@end ifset
7378@end ifset
7379@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7380
7ce98c16
NC
7381@ifclear no-space-dir
7382@node Zero
7383@section @code{.zero @var{size}}
7384
7385@cindex @code{zero} directive
7386@cindex filling memory with zero bytes
7387This directive emits @var{size} 0-valued bytes. @var{size} must be an absolute
7388expression. This directive is actually an alias for the @samp{.skip} directive
900e33b9 7389so it can take an optional second argument of the value to store in the bytes
7ce98c16
NC
7390instead of zero. Using @samp{.zero} in this way would be confusing however.
7391@end ifclear
7392
2b841ec2
AM
7393@ifset ELF
7394@node 2byte
ea86f534 7395@section @code{.2byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7396@cindex @code{2byte} directive
7397@cindex two-byte integer
7398@cindex integer, 2-byte
2b841ec2 7399
e406e428
NC
7400This directive expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas. If there
7401are no expressions then the directive does nothing. Otherwise each expression
7402is evaluated in turn and placed in the next two bytes of the current output
7403section, using the endian model of the target. If an expression will not fit
7404in two bytes, a warning message is displayed and the least significant two
7405bytes of the expression's value are used. If an expression cannot be evaluated
7406at assembly time then relocations will be generated in order to compute the
7407value at link time.
7408
7409This directive does not apply any alignment before or after inserting the
7410values. As a result of this, if relocations are generated, they may be
7411different from those used for inserting values with a guaranteed alignment.
7412
8b1e5da1 7413This directive is only available for ELF targets,
2b841ec2
AM
7414
7415@node 4byte
ea86f534 7416@section @code{.4byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7417@cindex @code{4byte} directive
7418@cindex four-byte integer
7419@cindex integer, 4-byte
2b841ec2 7420
e406e428
NC
7421Like the @option{.2byte} directive, except that it inserts unaligned, four byte
7422long values into the output.
2b841ec2
AM
7423
7424@node 8byte
ea86f534 7425@section @code{.8byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7426@cindex @code{8byte} directive
7427@cindex eight-byte integer
7428@cindex integer, 8-byte
2b841ec2 7429
e21126b7 7430Like the @option{.2byte} directive, except that it inserts unaligned, eight
e406e428
NC
7431byte long bignum values into the output.
7432
2b841ec2
AM
7433@end ifset
7434
252b5132
RH
7435@node Deprecated
7436@section Deprecated Directives
7437
7438@cindex deprecated directives
7439@cindex obsolescent directives
7440One day these directives won't work.
7441They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
7442@table @t
7443@item .abort
7444@item .line
7445@end table
7446
3a99f02f
DJ
7447@ifset ELF
7448@node Object Attributes
7449@chapter Object Attributes
7450@cindex object attributes
7451
7452@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
7453into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
7454Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
7455point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
7456requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
7457passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
7458hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
7459generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
7460newer generation at run-time.
7461
7462This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
7463@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
7464time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
7465correctly.
7466
7467Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
7468attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
7469string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
7470and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
7471or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
7472attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
7473
7474Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
7475The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
7476
7477@menu
7478* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7479* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
7480@end menu
7481
7482@node GNU Object Attributes
7483@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7484
7485The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
7486with vendor @samp{gnu}.
7487
7488Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
7489its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
7490an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
74912} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
7492architecture-dependent ones.
7493
7494@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
7495
7496These attributes are valid on all architectures.
7497
7498@table @r
7499@item Tag_compatibility (32)
7500The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
7501the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
7502then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
7503than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
7504arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
7505@end table
7506
7507@subsection MIPS Attributes
7508
7509@table @r
7510@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
7511The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7512
7513@itemize @bullet
7514@item
75150 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7516@item
f179c512
MF
75171 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a standard
7518double-precision FPU.
3a99f02f
DJ
7519@item
75202 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
7521@item
75223 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a 7523@item
f179c512
MF
75244 for files using the deprecated hardware floating-point ABI which used 64-bit
7525floating-point registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and increased the
7526number of callee-saved floating-point registers.
7527@item
75285 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a double-precision FPU
7529with either 32-bit or 64-bit floating-point registers and 32-bit
7530general-purpose registers.
7531@item
75326 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7533registers and 32-bit general-purpose registers.
7534@item
75357 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7536registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and a rule that forbids the
7537direct use of odd-numbered single-precision floating-point registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
7538@end itemize
7539@end table
7540
7541@subsection PowerPC Attributes
7542
7543@table @r
7544@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
7545The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7546
7547@itemize @bullet
7548@item
75490 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7550@item
3c7b9897 75511 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7552@item
75532 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
7554@item
75553 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7556@end itemize
7557
7558@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
7559The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7560
7561@itemize @bullet
7562@item
75630 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7564@item
75651 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
7566@item
75672 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
7568@item
75693 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
7570@end itemize
7571@end table
7572
643f7afb
AK
7573@subsection IBM z Systems Attributes
7574
7575@table @r
7576@item Tag_GNU_S390_ABI_Vector (8)
7577The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7578
7579@itemize @bullet
7580@item
75810 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7582@item
75831 for files using software vector ABI.
7584@item
75852 for files using hardware vector ABI.
7586@end itemize
7587@end table
7588
c0ea7c52
JL
7589@subsection MSP430 Attributes
7590
7591@table @r
7592@item Tag_GNU_MSP430_Data_Region (4)
7593The data region used by this object file. The value will be:
7594
7595@itemize @bullet
7596@item
75970 for files not using the large memory model.
7598@item
75991 for files which have been compiled with the condition that all
7600data is in the lower memory region, i.e. below address 0x10000.
7601@item
76022 for files which allow data to be placed in the full 20-bit memory range.
7603@end itemize
7604@end table
7605
3a99f02f
DJ
7606@node Defining New Object Attributes
7607@section Defining New Object Attributes
7608
7609If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
7610will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
7611mailing list.
7612
7613@itemize @bullet
7614@item
7615This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
7616@item
7617The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
7618@item
7619The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
7620and issue any appropriate link warnings.
7621@item
7622Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
7623@item
7624@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
7625@item
7626GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
7627@end itemize
7628
7629@end ifset
7630
252b5132
RH
7631@ifset GENERIC
7632@node Machine Dependencies
7633@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7634
7635@cindex machine dependencies
7636The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
7637each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
7638vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
7639directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
7640assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 7641@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
7642optimization.
7643
7644This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
7645include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
7646subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
7647
7648@menu
a06ea964
NC
7649@ifset AARCH64
7650* AArch64-Dependent:: AArch64 Dependent Features
7651@end ifset
625e1353
RH
7652@ifset ALPHA
7653* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
7654@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7655@ifset ARC
7656* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
7657@end ifset
7658@ifset ARM
7659* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
7660@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
7661@ifset AVR
7662* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
7663@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
7664@ifset Blackfin
7665* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 7666@end ifset
f8861f5d
JM
7667@ifset BPF
7668* BPF-Dependent:: BPF Dependent Features
7669@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
7670@ifset CR16
7671* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
7672@end ifset
8bf549a8 7673@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
7674* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
7675@end ifset
b8891f8d
AJ
7676@ifset CSKY
7677* C-SKY-Dependent:: C-SKY Dependent Features
7678@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7679@ifset D10V
7680* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
7681@end ifset
7682@ifset D30V
7683* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
7684@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
7685@ifset EPIPHANY
7686* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
7687@end ifset
252b5132 7688@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 7689* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 7690@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7691@ifset HPPA
7692* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
7693@end ifset
7694@ifset I80386
55b62671 7695* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7696@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
7697@ifset IA64
7698* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
7699@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
7700@ifset IP2K
7701* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
7702@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
7703@ifset LM32
7704* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
7705@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
7706@ifset M32C
7707* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
7708@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
7709@ifset M32R
7710* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
7711@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7712@ifset M680X0
7713* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
7714@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
7715@ifset M68HC11
7716* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
7717@end ifset
7b4ae824 7718@ifset S12Z
905f5b3f 7719* S12Z-Dependent:: S12Z Dependent Features
7b4ae824 7720@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
7721@ifset METAG
7722* Meta-Dependent :: Meta Dependent Features
7723@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
7724@ifset MICROBLAZE
7725* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
7726@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7727@ifset MIPS
7728* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
7729@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
7730@ifset MMIX
7731* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
7732@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
7733@ifset MSP430
7734* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
7735@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
7736@ifset NDS32
7737* NDS32-Dependent:: Andes NDS32 Dependent Features
7738@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
7739@ifset NIOSII
7740* NiosII-Dependent:: Altera Nios II Dependent Features
7741@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
7742@ifset NS32K
7743* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
7744@end ifset
1f041c6e
SH
7745@ifset OPENRISC
7746* OpenRISC-Dependent:: OpenRISC 1000 Features
7747@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
7748@ifset PDP11
7749* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
7750@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
7751@ifset PJ
7752* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
7753@end ifset
418c1742
MG
7754@ifset PPC
7755* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
7756@end ifset
93f11b16
DD
7757@ifset PRU
7758* PRU-Dependent:: PRU Dependent Features
7759@end ifset
4f7eddc4
PD
7760@ifset RISCV
7761* RISC-V-Dependent:: RISC-V Dependent Features
7762@end ifset
b57e49f7
JW
7763@ifset RL78
7764* RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features
7765@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
7766@ifset RX
7767* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
7768@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
7769@ifset S390
7770* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
7771@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
7772@ifset SCORE
7773* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
7774@end ifset
d3b47e2b
L
7775@ifset SH
7776* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
d3b47e2b 7777@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7778@ifset SPARC
7779* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
7780@end ifset
39bec121
TW
7781@ifset TIC54X
7782* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
7783@end ifset
40b36596
JM
7784@ifset TIC6X
7785* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
7786@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
7787@ifset TILEGX
7788* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
7789@end ifset
7790@ifset TILEPRO
7791* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
7792@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7793@ifset V850
7794* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
7795@end ifset
b6605ddd
EB
7796@ifset VAX
7797* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
7798@end ifset
7799@ifset VISIUM
7800* Visium-Dependent:: Visium Dependent Features
7801@end ifset
f96bd6c2
PC
7802@ifset WASM32
7803* WebAssembly-Dependent:: WebAssembly Dependent Features
7804@end ifset
f6c1a2d5 7805@ifset XGATE
f96bd6c2 7806* XGATE-Dependent:: XGATE Dependent Features
f6c1a2d5 7807@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
7808@ifset XSTORMY16
7809* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
7810@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
7811@ifset XTENSA
7812* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
7813@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
7814@ifset Z80
7815* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
7816@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7817@ifset Z8000
7818* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
7819@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7820@end menu
7821
7822@lowersections
7823@end ifset
7824
7825@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
7826@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
7827@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
7828@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
7829@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
7830@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
7831@c in both conditional blocks.
7832
a06ea964
NC
7833@ifset AARCH64
7834@include c-aarch64.texi
7835@end ifset
7836
625e1353
RH
7837@ifset ALPHA
7838@include c-alpha.texi
7839@end ifset
7840
7841@ifset ARC
7842@include c-arc.texi
7843@end ifset
7844
252b5132
RH
7845@ifset ARM
7846@include c-arm.texi
7847@end ifset
7848
8473f7a4
DC
7849@ifset AVR
7850@include c-avr.texi
7851@end ifset
7852
3b4e1885 7853@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7854@include c-bfin.texi
7855@end ifset
7856
f8861f5d
JM
7857@ifset BPF
7858@include c-bpf.texi
7859@end ifset
7860
3d3d428f
NC
7861@ifset CR16
7862@include c-cr16.texi
7863@end ifset
7864
328eb32e
HPN
7865@ifset CRIS
7866@include c-cris.texi
7867@end ifset
7868
b8891f8d
AJ
7869@ifset CSKY
7870@include c-csky.texi
7871@end ifset
7872
c2dcd04e 7873@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7874@ifclear GENERIC
7875@node Machine Dependencies
7876@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7877
c2dcd04e 7878The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7879and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7880chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7881family.
7882
7883@menu
c2dcd04e 7884* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7885* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7886@end menu
7887@lowersections
7888@end ifclear
7889@end ifset
7890
7891@ifset D10V
7892@include c-d10v.texi
7893@end ifset
7894
7895@ifset D30V
7896@include c-d30v.texi
7897@end ifset
7898
cfb8c092
NC
7899@ifset EPIPHANY
7900@include c-epiphany.texi
7901@end ifset
7902
252b5132
RH
7903@ifset H8/300
7904@include c-h8300.texi
7905@end ifset
7906
252b5132
RH
7907@ifset HPPA
7908@include c-hppa.texi
7909@end ifset
7910
7911@ifset I80386
7912@include c-i386.texi
7913@end ifset
7914
9e32ca89
NC
7915@ifset IA64
7916@include c-ia64.texi
7917@end ifset
7918
a40cbfa3
NC
7919@ifset IP2K
7920@include c-ip2k.texi
7921@end ifset
7922
84e94c90
NC
7923@ifset LM32
7924@include c-lm32.texi
7925@end ifset
7926
49f58d10
JB
7927@ifset M32C
7928@include c-m32c.texi
7929@end ifset
7930
ec694b89
NC
7931@ifset M32R
7932@include c-m32r.texi
7933@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7934
7935@ifset M680X0
7936@include c-m68k.texi
7937@end ifset
7938
60bcf0fa
NC
7939@ifset M68HC11
7940@include c-m68hc11.texi
7941@end ifset
7942
7b4ae824
JD
7943@ifset S12Z
7944@include c-s12z.texi
7945@end ifset
7946
a3c62988
NC
7947@ifset METAG
7948@include c-metag.texi
7949@end ifset
7950
01642c12 7951@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7952@include c-microblaze.texi
7953@end ifset
7954
252b5132
RH
7955@ifset MIPS
7956@include c-mips.texi
7957@end ifset
7958
3c3bdf30
NC
7959@ifset MMIX
7960@include c-mmix.texi
7961@end ifset
7962
2469cfa2
NC
7963@ifset MSP430
7964@include c-msp430.texi
7965@end ifset
7966
35c08157
KLC
7967@ifset NDS32
7968@include c-nds32.texi
7969@end ifset
7970
36591ba1
SL
7971@ifset NIOSII
7972@include c-nios2.texi
7973@end ifset
7974
252b5132
RH
7975@ifset NS32K
7976@include c-ns32k.texi
7977@end ifset
7978
1f041c6e
SH
7979@ifset OPENRISC
7980@include c-or1k.texi
7981@end ifset
7982
e135f41b
NC
7983@ifset PDP11
7984@include c-pdp11.texi
7985@end ifset
7986
041dd5a9
ILT
7987@ifset PJ
7988@include c-pj.texi
7989@end ifset
7990
418c1742
MG
7991@ifset PPC
7992@include c-ppc.texi
7993@end ifset
7994
93f11b16
DD
7995@ifset PRU
7996@include c-pru.texi
7997@end ifset
7998
4f7eddc4
PD
7999@ifset RISCV
8000@include c-riscv.texi
8001@end ifset
8002
b57e49f7
JW
8003@ifset RL78
8004@include c-rl78.texi
8005@end ifset
8006
046d31c2
NC
8007@ifset RX
8008@include c-rx.texi
8009@end ifset
8010
11c19e16
MS
8011@ifset S390
8012@include c-s390.texi
8013@end ifset
8014
c0157db4
NC
8015@ifset SCORE
8016@include c-score.texi
8017@end ifset
8018
252b5132
RH
8019@ifset SH
8020@include c-sh.texi
8021@end ifset
8022
8023@ifset SPARC
8024@include c-sparc.texi
8025@end ifset
8026
39bec121
TW
8027@ifset TIC54X
8028@include c-tic54x.texi
8029@end ifset
8030
40b36596
JM
8031@ifset TIC6X
8032@include c-tic6x.texi
8033@end ifset
8034
aa137e4d
NC
8035@ifset TILEGX
8036@include c-tilegx.texi
8037@end ifset
8038
8039@ifset TILEPRO
8040@include c-tilepro.texi
8041@end ifset
8042
b6605ddd
EB
8043@ifset V850
8044@include c-v850.texi
252b5132
RH
8045@end ifset
8046
8047@ifset VAX
8048@include c-vax.texi
8049@end ifset
8050
b6605ddd
EB
8051@ifset VISIUM
8052@include c-visium.texi
252b5132
RH
8053@end ifset
8054
f96bd6c2
PC
8055@ifset WASM32
8056@include c-wasm32.texi
8057@end ifset
8058
f6c1a2d5
NC
8059@ifset XGATE
8060@include c-xgate.texi
8061@end ifset
8062
6753e72f
NC
8063@ifset XSTORMY16
8064@include c-xstormy16.texi
8065@end ifset
8066
e0001a05
NC
8067@ifset XTENSA
8068@include c-xtensa.texi
8069@end ifset
8070
b6605ddd
EB
8071@ifset Z80
8072@include c-z80.texi
8073@end ifset
8074
8075@ifset Z8000
8076@include c-z8k.texi
8077@end ifset
8078
252b5132
RH
8079@ifset GENERIC
8080@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
8081@raisesections
8082@end ifset
8083
8084@node Reporting Bugs
8085@chapter Reporting Bugs
8086@cindex bugs in assembler
8087@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
8088
a4fb0134 8089Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
8090
8091Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
8092not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
8093entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
8094Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
8095
8096In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
8097information that enables us to fix the bug.
8098
8099@menu
8100* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
8101* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
8102@end menu
8103
8104@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 8105@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
8106@cindex bug criteria
8107
8108If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
8109
8110@itemize @bullet
8111@cindex fatal signal
8112@cindex assembler crash
8113@cindex crash of assembler
8114@item
8115If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 8116@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
8117
8118@cindex error on valid input
8119@item
a4fb0134 8120If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
8121
8122@cindex invalid input
8123@item
a4fb0134 8124If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
8125is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
8126be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
8127
8128@item
8129If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 8130of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
8131@end itemize
8132
8133@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 8134@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
8135@cindex bug reports
8136@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
8137
8138A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 8139you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
8140contact that organization first.
8141
8142You can find contact information for many support companies and
8143individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
8144distribution.
8145
ad22bfe8 8146@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 8147In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
8148to @value{BUGURL}.
8149@end ifset
252b5132
RH
8150
8151The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
8152@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
8153fact or leave it out, state it!
8154
8155Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
8156and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
8157name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
8158not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
8159happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
8160perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
8161the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
8162give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
8163and the most helpful.
8164
8165Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
8166it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
8167that the bug has not been reported previously.
8168
8169Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
8170bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
8171respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
8172You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
8173
8174To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
8175
8176@itemize @bullet
8177@item
a4fb0134 8178The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
8179it with the @samp{--version} argument.
8180
8181Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 8182the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
8183
8184@item
a4fb0134 8185Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
8186
8187@item
8188The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
8189version number.
8190
8191@item
a4fb0134 8192What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
8193``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
8194
8195@item
8196The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
8197observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
8198all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
8199
8200If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
8201and then we might not encounter the bug.
8202
8203@item
8204A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
8205the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
8206high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
8207when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
8208the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
8209file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 8210@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
8211
8212@item
8213A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
8214incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
8215
a4fb0134 8216Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
8217will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
8218notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
8219make a mistake.
8220
8221Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
8222explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 8223@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
8224library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
8225would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
8226would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
8227expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
8228observations.
8229
8230@item
a4fb0134 8231If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
8232diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
8233option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 8234discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
8235by line number.
8236
8237The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
8238sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
8239@end itemize
8240
8241Here are some things that are not necessary:
8242
8243@itemize @bullet
8244@item
8245A description of the envelope of the bug.
8246
8247Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
8248which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
8249changes will not affect it.
8250
8251This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
8252will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
8253with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
8254We recommend that you save your time for something else.
8255
8256Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
8257of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
8258output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
8259less time, and so on.
8260
8261However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
8262report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
8263
8264@item
8265A patch for the bug.
8266
8267A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
8268the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
8269a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
8270to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
8271
a4fb0134 8272Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
8273construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
8274the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
8275one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
8276
8277And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
8278patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
8279help us to understand.
8280
8281@item
8282A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
8283
8284Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
8285things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
8286@end itemize
8287
8288@node Acknowledgements
8289@chapter Acknowledgements
8290
653cfe85 8291If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 8292it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12 8293maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
3bfcb652
NC
8294@c (October 2012),
8295the maintainer is Nick Clifton (email address @code{nickc@@redhat.com}).
252b5132
RH
8296
8297Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
8298more details?}
8299
8300Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
8301information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
8302extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
8303
8304K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
8305many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
8306up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
8307testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
8308including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
8309and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
8310support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
8311port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
8312file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
8313assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
8314
8315Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
8316in format-specific I/O modules.
8317
8318The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
8319has done much work with it since.
8320
8321The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
8322
8323Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
8324
8325The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
8326University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
8327
8328Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
8329(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
8330(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
8331support a.out format.
8332
7be1c489
AM
8333Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
8334tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
8335Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
8336use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
8337targets.
8338
8339John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
8340simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
8341updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 8342fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
8343remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
8344cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
8345required the proverbial one-bit fix.
8346
8347Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
834868k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
8349added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
8350PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
8351
653cfe85 8352Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
8353
8354Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
8355
8356Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
8357along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
8358formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
8359the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
8360
8361Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
8362Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
8363Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
8364Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
8365and some initial 64-bit support).
8366
c1253627 8367Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 8368
252b5132
RH
8369Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
8370support for openVMS/Alpha.
8371
39bec121
TW
8372Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
8373flavors.
8374
e0001a05 8375David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 8376Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 8377
252b5132
RH
8378Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
8379configuration enhancements.
8380
84e94c90
NC
8381Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
8382
252b5132
RH
8383Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
8384you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
8385want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
8386intentionally leaving anyone out.
8387
793c5807
NC
8388@node GNU Free Documentation License
8389@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 8390@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 8391
370b66a1
CD
8392@node AS Index
8393@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
8394
8395@printindex cp
8396
252b5132
RH
8397@bye
8398@c Local Variables:
8399@c fill-column: 79
8400@c End:
This page took 1.670928 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.